xref: /netbsd-src/external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/varasm.c (revision d90047b5d07facf36e6c01dcc0bded8997ce9cc2)
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2    Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 
4 This file is part of GCC.
5 
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10 
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15 
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
19 
20 
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22    *except* the instructions of a function.
23    This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24 
25    We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26    and are responsible for combining constants with the same value.  */
27 
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "output.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include "debug.h"
53 #include "common/common-target.h"
54 #include "asan.h"
55 #include "rtl-iter.h"
56 
57 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
58 #include "xcoffout.h"		/* Needed for external data declarations.  */
59 #endif
60 
61 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output.  */
62 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
63 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
64 
65 const char *first_global_object_name;
66 const char *weak_global_object_name;
67 
68 struct addr_const;
69 struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
70 struct rtx_constant_pool;
71 
72 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
73 
74 /* Number for making the label on the next
75    constant that is stored in memory.  */
76 
77 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
78 
79 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
80    to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT.  */
81 
82 int size_directive_output;
83 
84 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
85    if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
86    If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
87    this holds 0.  */
88 
89 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
90 
91 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
92    in a function belongs to the cold partition or not.  */
93 
94 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
95 
96 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack.  */
97 
98 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
99 
100 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
101 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
102 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
103 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
104 #endif
105 static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
106 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
107 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
108 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
109 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
110 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
111 					       unsigned int, bool);
112 static void globalize_decl (tree);
113 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
114 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
115 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
116 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
117 				    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
118      ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
119 #endif
120 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
121 static void mark_weak (tree);
122 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
123 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
124 
125 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP.  */
126 section *text_section;
127 section *data_section;
128 section *readonly_data_section;
129 section *sdata_section;
130 section *ctors_section;
131 section *dtors_section;
132 section *bss_section;
133 section *sbss_section;
134 
135 /* Various forms of common section.  All are guaranteed to be nonnull.  */
136 section *tls_comm_section;
137 section *comm_section;
138 section *lcomm_section;
139 
140 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
141    May be null.  */
142 section *bss_noswitch_section;
143 
144 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known.  The section
145    is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
146    switch_to_exception_section.  */
147 section *exception_section;
148 
149 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
150    The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
151    first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section.  */
152 section *eh_frame_section;
153 
154 /* asm_out_file's current section.  This is NULL if no section has yet
155    been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is.  */
156 section *in_section;
157 
158 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
159    at the cold section.  */
160 bool in_cold_section_p;
161 
162 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
163    cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
164    and there was actually code that went into the cold section.  A
165    pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
166    debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
167 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
168 
169 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections.  */
170 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
171 
172 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute.  */
173 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
174   (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
175 
176 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
177 {
178   typedef const char *compare_type;
179 
180   static hashval_t hash (section *);
181   static bool equal (section *, const char *);
182 };
183 
184 /* Hash table of named sections.  */
185 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
186 
187 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
188 {
189   typedef const section *compare_type;
190 
191   static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
192   static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
193 };
194 
195 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section.  */
196 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
197 
198 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels.  */
199 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
200 
201 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions.  */
202 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
203 
204 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab.  */
205 
206 bool
207 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
208 {
209   return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
210 }
211 
212 hashval_t
213 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
214 {
215   return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
216 }
217 
218 /* Return a hash value for section SECT.  */
219 
220 static hashval_t
221 hash_section (section *sect)
222 {
223   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
224     return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
225   return sect->common.flags;
226 }
227 
228 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab.  */
229 
230 inline bool
231 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
232 {
233   return old->sect == new_section;
234 }
235 
236 hashval_t
237 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
238 {
239   return hash_section (old->sect);
240 }
241 
242 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields.  */
243 
244 section *
245 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
246 		     const void *data)
247 {
248   section *sect;
249 
250   sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
251   sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
252   sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
253   sect->unnamed.data = data;
254   sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
255 
256   unnamed_sections = sect;
257   return sect;
258 }
259 
260 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields.  */
261 
262 static section *
263 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
264 {
265   section *sect;
266 
267   sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
268   sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
269   sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
270 
271   return sect;
272 }
273 
274 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME.  Create
275    a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists.  */
276 
277 section *
278 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
279 {
280   section *sect, **slot;
281 
282   slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
283 					    INSERT);
284   flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
285   if (*slot == NULL)
286     {
287       sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
288       sect->named.common.flags = flags;
289       sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
290       sect->named.decl = decl;
291       *slot = sect;
292     }
293   else
294     {
295       sect = *slot;
296       if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
297 	  && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
298 	{
299 	  /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
300 	     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
301 	     flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
302 	     section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
303 	     In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
304 	     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
305 	     relocations.  */
306 	  if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
307 	      == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
308 	      && (sect->common.flags
309 		  & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
310 		 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
311 	      && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
312 		  || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
313 	    {
314 	      sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
315 	      return sect;
316 	    }
317 	  /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes.  */
318 	  if (sect->named.decl != NULL
319 	      && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
320 	      && decl != sect->named.decl)
321 	    {
322 	      if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
323 		error ("%+D causes a section type conflict with %D",
324 		       decl, sect->named.decl);
325 	      else
326 		error ("section type conflict with %D", sect->named.decl);
327 	      inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
328 		      "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
329 	    }
330 	  else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
331 	    error ("%+D causes a section type conflict", decl);
332 	  else
333 	    error ("section type conflict");
334 	  /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times.  */
335 	  sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
336 	}
337     }
338   return sect;
339 }
340 
341 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
342    objects grouped into blocks.  */
343 
344 static bool
345 use_object_blocks_p (void)
346 {
347   return flag_section_anchors;
348 }
349 
350 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT.  Create a new
351    structure if we haven't created one already.  Return null if SECT
352    itself is null.  */
353 
354 static struct object_block *
355 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
356 {
357   struct object_block *block;
358 
359   if (sect == NULL)
360     return NULL;
361 
362   object_block **slot
363     = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
364 					      INSERT);
365   block = *slot;
366   if (block == NULL)
367     {
368       block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
369       block->sect = sect;
370       *slot = block;
371     }
372   return block;
373 }
374 
375 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
376    OFFSET in BLOCK.  OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
377    is not yet known.  LABEL must be a garbage-collected string.  */
378 
379 static rtx
380 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
381 		     HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
382 {
383   rtx symbol;
384   unsigned int size;
385 
386   /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF.  */
387   size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
388   symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
389 
390   /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields.  */
391   memset (symbol, 0, size);
392   PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
393   PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
394   XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
395   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
396 
397   /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff.  */
398   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
399   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
400 
401   return symbol;
402 }
403 
404 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
405    flags section_type_flags deems appropriate.  The name of the section
406    is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
407    DECL_SECTION_NAME.  DECL is the decl associated with the section
408    (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
409    section_type_flags.  */
410 
411 section *
412 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
413 {
414   unsigned int flags;
415 
416   if (name == NULL)
417     {
418       gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
419       name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
420     }
421 
422   flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
423   return get_section (name, flags, decl);
424 }
425 
426 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section.  */
427 
428 static bool
429 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
430 {
431   n->implicit_section = true;
432   return false;
433 }
434 
435 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name.  */
436 
437 void
438 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
439 			int flag_function_or_data_sections)
440 {
441   if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
442       && targetm_common.have_named_sections
443       && (flag_function_or_data_sections
444 	  || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
445     {
446       targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
447       if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
448 	symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
449 	  (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
450     }
451 }
452 
453 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
454 
455 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
456 
457 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
458    ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
459    ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
460    support is localized here.  */
461 
462 static void
463 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
464 			const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
465 			int align)
466 {
467   switch_to_section (bss_section);
468   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
469 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
470   last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
471   ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
472 #else
473   /* Standard thing is just output label for the object.  */
474   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
475 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
476   ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
477 }
478 
479 #endif
480 
481 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
482 
483 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
484 /* Return the hot section for function DECL.  Return text_section for
485    null DECLs.  */
486 
487 static section *
488 hot_function_section (tree decl)
489 {
490   if (decl != NULL_TREE
491       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
492       && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
493     return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
494   else
495     return text_section;
496 }
497 #endif
498 
499 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
500    is NULL.
501 
502    When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
503    NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
504    concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
505    Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME".  */
506 
507 section *
508 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
509 		        const char *text_section_name,
510 		        const char *named_section_suffix)
511 {
512   if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
513     {
514       if (named_section_suffix)
515 	{
516 	  const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
517 	  const char *stripped_name;
518 	  char *name, *buffer;
519 
520 	  name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
521 	  memcpy (name, dsn,
522 		  strlen (dsn) + 1);
523 
524 	  stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
525 
526 	  buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
527 	  return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
528 	}
529       else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
530 	{
531 	  const char *name;
532 
533 	  /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions.  This gets somewhat
534 	     slipperly.  */
535 	  if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
536 	    return NULL;
537 	  name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
538 	  name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
539 	  return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
540 				                   name, NULL)), 0);
541 	}
542       else
543 	return NULL;
544     }
545   return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
546 }
547 
548 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency.  */
549 
550 section *
551 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
552 			  bool startup, bool exit)
553 {
554 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
555   /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
556      results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected.  */
557   if (decl
558       && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
559     return NULL;
560 #endif
561 
562   if (!flag_reorder_functions
563       || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
564     return NULL;
565   /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
566      unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
567      where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors.  */
568   if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
569   {
570     /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
571        these ELF section.  */
572     if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
573       return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
574     else
575       return NULL;
576   }
577 
578   /* Similarly for exit.  */
579   if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
580     return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
581 
582   /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code.  */
583   switch (freq)
584     {
585       case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
586 	return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
587       case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
588         /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
589            these ELF section.  */
590         if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
591           return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
592 	/* FALLTHRU */
593       default:
594 	return NULL;
595     }
596 }
597 
598 /* Return the section for function DECL.
599 
600    If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section.  We can be passed
601    NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
602 
603    If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
604    the frequency info of cgraph_node.  */
605 
606 static section *
607 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
608 {
609   section *section = NULL;
610   enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
611   bool startup = false, exit = false;
612 
613   if (decl)
614     {
615       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
616 
617       if (node)
618 	{
619 	  freq = node->frequency;
620 	  startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
621 	  exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
622 	}
623     }
624   if (force_cold)
625     freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
626 
627 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
628   if (decl != NULL_TREE
629       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
630     {
631       if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
632 	section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
633 						    startup, exit);
634       if (section)
635 	return section;
636       return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
637     }
638   else
639     return targetm.asm_out.select_section
640 	    (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
641 	     symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
642 #else
643   if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
644     section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
645   if (section)
646     return section;
647   return hot_function_section (decl);
648 #endif
649 }
650 
651 /* Return the section for function DECL.
652 
653    If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section.  We can be passed
654    NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.  */
655 
656 section *
657 function_section (tree decl)
658 {
659   /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
660      to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
661      despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
662      (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
663      better to live in hot subsection for the code locality).  */
664   return function_section_1 (decl,
665 			     first_function_block_is_cold);
666 }
667 
668 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
669    into account.  */
670 
671 section *
672 current_function_section (void)
673 {
674   return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
675 }
676 
677 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section.  */
678 
679 section *
680 unlikely_text_section (void)
681 {
682   return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
683 }
684 
685 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
686    has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
687    When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
688    default cold section.  */
689 
690 bool
691 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
692 {
693   return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
694 }
695 
696 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL.  */
697 
698 section *
699 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
700 {
701   if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
702     {
703       const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
704 
705       if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
706         {
707 	  const char *dot;
708 	  size_t len;
709 	  char* rname;
710 
711 	  dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
712 	  if (!dot)
713 	    dot = name;
714 	  len = strlen (dot) + 8;
715 	  rname = (char *) alloca (len);
716 
717 	  strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
718 	  strcat (rname, dot);
719 	  return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
720 	}
721       /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo.  */
722       else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
723 	       && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
724 	{
725 	  size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
726 	  char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
727 
728 	  memcpy (rname, name, len);
729 	  rname[14] = 'r';
730 	  return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
731 	}
732       /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo.  */
733       else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
734 	       && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
735 	{
736 	  size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
737 	  char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
738 
739 	  memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
740 	  memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
741 	  return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
742 	}
743     }
744 
745   return readonly_data_section;
746 }
747 
748 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
749    for targets where that section should be always the single
750    readonly data section.  */
751 
752 section *
753 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
754 {
755   return readonly_data_section;
756 }
757 
758 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section.  */
759 
760 static const char *
761 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
762 {
763   section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
764   if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
765     return s->named.name;
766   else
767     return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
768 }
769 
770 /* Return the section to use for string merging.  */
771 
772 static section *
773 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
774 			  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
775 			  unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
776 {
777   HOST_WIDE_INT len;
778 
779   if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
780       && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
781       && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
782       && align <= 256
783       && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
784       && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) >= len)
785     {
786       machine_mode mode;
787       unsigned int modesize;
788       const char *str;
789       HOST_WIDE_INT i;
790       int j, unit;
791       const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
792       char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
793 
794       mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
795       modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
796       if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
797 	  && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
798 	{
799 	  if (align < modesize)
800 	    align = modesize;
801 
802 	  str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
803 	  unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
804 
805 	  /* Check for embedded NUL characters.  */
806 	  for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
807 	    {
808 	      for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
809 		if (str[i + j] != '\0')
810 		  break;
811 	      if (j == unit)
812 		break;
813 	    }
814 	  if (i == len - unit)
815 	    {
816 	      sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
817 		       modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
818 	      flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
819 	      return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
820 	    }
821 	}
822     }
823 
824   return readonly_data_section;
825 }
826 
827 /* Return the section to use for constant merging.  */
828 
829 section *
830 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
831 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
832 			    unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
833 {
834   unsigned int modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
835 
836   if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
837       && mode != VOIDmode
838       && mode != BLKmode
839       && modesize <= align
840       && align >= 8
841       && align <= 256
842       && (align & (align - 1)) == 0)
843     {
844       const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
845       char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
846 
847       sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
848       flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
849       return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
850     }
851   return readonly_data_section;
852 }
853 
854 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes.  */
855 
856 static const char *
857 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
858 {
859 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
860   if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
861     name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
862 #endif
863   if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
864     name++;
865   return name;
866 }
867 
868 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name.  Set (or
869    change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
870    it.  */
871 void
872 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
873 {
874   char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
875   starred[0] = '*';
876   strcpy (starred + 1, name);
877   symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
878   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
879 }
880 
881 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
882    Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
883    or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
884    or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
885    or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
886    Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
887    Prefixes such as % are optional.  */
888 
889 int
890 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
891 {
892   /* Presume just one register is clobbered.  */
893   *pnregs = 1;
894 
895   if (asmspec != 0)
896     {
897       int i;
898 
899       /* Get rid of confusing prefixes.  */
900       asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
901 
902       /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name".  */
903       for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
904 	if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
905 	  break;
906       if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
907 	{
908 	  i = atoi (asmspec);
909 	  if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
910 	    return i;
911 	  else
912 	    return -2;
913 	}
914 
915       for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
916 	if (reg_names[i][0]
917 	    && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
918 	  return i;
919 
920 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
921       {
922 	static const struct
923 	{
924 	  const char *const name;
925 	  const int number;
926 	  const int nregs;
927 	} table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
928 
929 	for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
930 	  if (table[i].name[0]
931 	      && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
932 	    {
933 	      *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
934 	      return table[i].number;
935 	    }
936       }
937 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
938 
939 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
940       {
941 	static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
942 	  = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
943 
944 	for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
945 	  if (table[i].name[0]
946 	      && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
947 	      && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
948 	    return table[i].number;
949       }
950 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
951 
952       if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
953 	return -4;
954 
955       if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
956 	return -3;
957 
958       return -2;
959     }
960 
961   return -1;
962 }
963 
964 int
965 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
966 {
967   int count;
968   return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
969 }
970 
971 
972 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section.  */
973 
974 bool
975 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
976 {
977   /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
978      a readonly section, except when NAMED is true.  */
979   return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
980 	  && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
981 	      /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
982 	         to mark offlined constructors.  */
983 	      || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
984 	          && !in_lto_p)
985 	      || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
986 	          && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
987 }
988 
989 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
990    DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable.  */
991 
992 void
993 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
994 {
995   unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
996 
997   /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
998      where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
999      figure out the proper alignment now.  */
1000   if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1001       && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1002     align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1003 
1004   /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1005      In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4.  */
1006   if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1007     {
1008       error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1009 	     "file alignment %d", decl,
1010 	     MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1011       align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1012     }
1013 
1014   if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1015     {
1016 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1017       unsigned int data_abi_align
1018 	= DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1019       /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1020 	 TLS variables.  */
1021       if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1022 	align = data_abi_align;
1023 #endif
1024 
1025       /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1026 	 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1027 	 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1028 	 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1029 	 if the references to it must bind to the current definition.  */
1030       if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1031 	  && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1032 	{
1033 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1034 	  unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1035 	  /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1036 	     is too precious.  */
1037 	  if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1038 	    align = data_align;
1039 #endif
1040 	  if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1041 	      /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1042 		 to mark offlined constructors.  */
1043 	      && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1044 	    {
1045 	      unsigned int const_align
1046 		= CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1047 	      /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1048 		 space is too precious.  */
1049 	      if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1050 		align = const_align;
1051 	    }
1052 	}
1053     }
1054 
1055   /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1056      from it in get_pointer_alignment.  */
1057   SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1058 }
1059 
1060 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1061    beyond what align_variable returned.  */
1062 
1063 static unsigned int
1064 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1065 {
1066   unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1067 
1068   /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1069      everything.  */
1070   if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1071     return align;
1072 
1073 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1074   if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1075     align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1076 #endif
1077 
1078   /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1079      did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1080      of TLS variables.  For other vars, increase the alignment here
1081      as an optimization.  */
1082   if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1083     {
1084       /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.  */
1085 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1086       unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1087       /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1088          is too precious.  */
1089       if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1090 	align = data_align;
1091 #endif
1092       if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1093 	  /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1094 	     to mark offlined constructors.  */
1095 	  && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1096 	{
1097 	  unsigned int const_align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
1098 							 align);
1099 	  /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1100 	     is too precious.  */
1101 	  if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1102 	    align = const_align;
1103 	}
1104     }
1105 
1106   return align;
1107 }
1108 
1109 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1110    should be placed.  PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1111    section should be used wherever possible.  */
1112 
1113 section *
1114 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1115 {
1116   addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1117   int reloc;
1118   varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1119   if (vnode)
1120     {
1121       vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1122       decl = vnode->decl;
1123     }
1124 
1125   if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1126     as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1127 
1128   /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag.  */
1129   if (vnode)
1130     vnode->get_constructor ();
1131 
1132   if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1133     {
1134       /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1135 	 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1136 	 be handled as such.  */
1137       gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1138 		  && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1139       if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1140 	return tls_comm_section;
1141       else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1142 	return comm_section;
1143     }
1144 
1145   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1146     reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1147   else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1148     reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1149   else
1150     reloc = 0;
1151 
1152   resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1153   if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1154     {
1155       section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1156 
1157       if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1158 	  && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1159 	{
1160 	  error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1161 		    "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1162 		    sect->named.name);
1163 	  DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1164 	}
1165       return sect;
1166     }
1167 
1168   if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1169       && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1170       && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1171       && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1172     {
1173       if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1174 	  && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1175 	       && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1176 	return lcomm_section;
1177       if (bss_noswitch_section)
1178 	return bss_noswitch_section;
1179     }
1180 
1181   return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1182 					 get_variable_align (decl));
1183 }
1184 
1185 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed.  */
1186 
1187 static struct object_block *
1188 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1189 {
1190   section *sect;
1191 
1192   if (VAR_P (decl))
1193     {
1194       /* The object must be defined in this translation unit.  */
1195       if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1196 	return NULL;
1197 
1198       /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1199 	 isolated by definition.  */
1200       if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1201 	return NULL;
1202     }
1203 
1204   /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1205      constant size.  */
1206   if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1207     return NULL;
1208   if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1209     return NULL;
1210 
1211   /* Find out which section should contain DECL.  We cannot put it into
1212      an object block if it requires a standalone definition.  */
1213   if (VAR_P (decl))
1214       align_variable (decl, 0);
1215   sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1216   if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1217     return NULL;
1218 
1219   return get_block_for_section (sect);
1220 }
1221 
1222 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK.  */
1223 
1224 static void
1225 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1226 {
1227   if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1228     {
1229       gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1230       SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1231     }
1232 }
1233 
1234 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block.  */
1235 
1236 static bool
1237 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1238 {
1239   struct symtab_node *snode;
1240 
1241   /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks.  */
1242   if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1243     return false;
1244 
1245   /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1246      are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1247      for those.  */
1248   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1249     return false;
1250 
1251   /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1252      definition.  */
1253   if (VAR_P (decl)
1254       && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1255       && snode->alias)
1256     return false;
1257 
1258   return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1259 }
1260 
1261 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1262    until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1263    Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1264    way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1265    followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1266    chain.  */
1267 
1268 static inline tree
1269 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1270 {
1271   tree target = *alias;
1272 
1273   if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1274     {
1275       gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1276       target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1277       gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1278 		  && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1279       *alias = target;
1280     }
1281 
1282   return target;
1283 }
1284 
1285 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL.  DECL should
1286    have static storage duration.  In other words, it should not be an
1287    automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1288 
1289    There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1290    explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1291 
1292    This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes.  */
1293 
1294 void
1295 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1296 {
1297   const char *name = 0;
1298   int reg_number;
1299   tree id;
1300   rtx x;
1301 
1302   /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable.  */
1303   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1304 	      && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1305 
1306   /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits.  */
1307   gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1308 	      || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1309 	      || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1310 	      || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1311 	      || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1312 
1313   /* And that we were not given a type or a label.  */
1314   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1315 	      && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1316 
1317   /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1318      same DECL node.  Don't discard the RTL already made.  */
1319   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1320     {
1321       /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode.  */
1322       x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1323       if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1324 	SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1325 
1326       if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1327 	return;
1328 
1329       /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1330 	 table of such critters.  Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1331 	 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1332 	 hash map from DECL to set of attributes.  */
1333 
1334       /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1335 	 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1336 	 decl attribute overrides another.  */
1337       targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1338 
1339       /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1340 	 on the new decl information.  */
1341       if (MEM_P (x)
1342 	  && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1343 	  && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1344 	change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1345 
1346       return;
1347     }
1348 
1349   /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1350      pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode.  */
1351   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1352     {
1353       SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1354       return;
1355     }
1356 
1357   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1358   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
1359       && cgraph_node::get (decl)
1360       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone)
1361     ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1362   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1363 
1364   if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1365       && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1366     {
1367       error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1368     }
1369   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1370     {
1371       const char *asmspec = name+1;
1372       machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1373       reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1374       /* First detect errors in declaring global registers.  */
1375       if (reg_number == -1)
1376 	error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1377       else if (reg_number < 0)
1378 	error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1379       else if (mode == BLKmode)
1380 	error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1381 	       decl);
1382       else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1383 	error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1384 	       " by the current target", decl);
1385       else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1386 	error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1387 	       " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1388       else if (!HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (reg_number, mode))
1389 	error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1390                decl);
1391       /* Now handle properly declared static register variables.  */
1392       else
1393 	{
1394 	  int nregs;
1395 
1396 	  if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1397 	    {
1398 	      DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1399 	      error ("global register variable has initial value");
1400 	    }
1401 	  if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1402 	    warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1403 		     "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1404 		     "writes to register variables");
1405 
1406 	  /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1407 	     e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1408 	     confused with that register and be eliminated.  This usage is
1409 	     somewhat suspect...  */
1410 
1411 	  SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1412 	  ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1413 	  REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1414 
1415 	  if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1416 	    {
1417 	      /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1418 		 else.  */
1419 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1420 	      name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1421 	      ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1422 #endif
1423 	      nregs = hard_regno_nregs[reg_number][mode];
1424 	      while (nregs > 0)
1425 		globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1426 	    }
1427 
1428 	  /* As a register variable, it has no section.  */
1429 	  return;
1430 	}
1431       /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1432 	 specifications.  */
1433       SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1434       DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1435       /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1436 	 decl now.  */
1437       DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1438       return;
1439     }
1440   /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1441      Also handle vars declared register invalidly.  */
1442   else if (name[0] == '*')
1443   {
1444 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1445     if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1446       {
1447 	reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1448 	if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1449 	  error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1450       }
1451 #endif
1452   }
1453 
1454   /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1455      non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common.  */
1456   /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1457      visibility pass is doing the same work.  But notice_global_symbol
1458      is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1459      we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed.  */
1460   if (VAR_P (decl)
1461       && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1462       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1463       && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1464       && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1465     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1466 
1467   /* Variables can't be both common and weak.  */
1468   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1469     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1470 
1471   if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1472     x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1473   else
1474     {
1475       machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1476       if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1477 	{
1478 	  addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1479 	  address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1480 	}
1481       x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1482     }
1483   SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1484   SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1485 
1486   x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1487   if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1488     set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1489   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1490 
1491   /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1492      such as that it is a function name.
1493      If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1494      will have to know how to strip this information.  */
1495   targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1496 }
1497 
1498 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1499    calling make_decl_rtl.  Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1500    rtl.  */
1501 
1502 rtx
1503 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1504 {
1505   unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1506   rtx rtl;
1507 
1508   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1509     return DECL_RTL (decl);
1510 
1511   /* Kludge alert!  Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1512      call new_alias_set.  If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1513      we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1514      numbers off in the comparison dumps.  So... clearing
1515      flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1516      new set.  */
1517   save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1518   flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1519 
1520   rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1521   /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1522      DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output.  */
1523   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1524 
1525   flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1526   return rtl;
1527 }
1528 
1529 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1530    for an `asm' keyword used between functions.  */
1531 
1532 void
1533 assemble_asm (tree string)
1534 {
1535   const char *p;
1536   app_enable ();
1537 
1538   if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1539     string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1540 
1541   p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1542   fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1543 }
1544 
1545 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC.  */
1546 void
1547 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1548 {
1549   switch_to_section (sec);
1550   assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1551   assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1552 }
1553 
1554 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1555    not) section for PRIORITY.  */
1556 section *
1557 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1558 {
1559   /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1560      int plus the text below.  */
1561   char buf[18];
1562 
1563   /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker.  */
1564   sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1565 	   constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1566 	   /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1567 	      order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1568 	      linker sorts in increasing order.  */
1569 	   MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1570   return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1571 }
1572 
1573 void
1574 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1575 {
1576   section *sec;
1577 
1578   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1579     sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1580 				      /*constructor_p=*/false);
1581   else
1582     sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1583 
1584   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1585 }
1586 
1587 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1588 void
1589 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1590 					 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1591 {
1592   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1593 }
1594 #endif
1595 
1596 void
1597 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1598 {
1599   section *sec;
1600 
1601   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1602     sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1603 				      /*constructor_p=*/true);
1604   else
1605     sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1606 
1607   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1608 }
1609 
1610 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1611 void
1612 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1613 					  int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1614 {
1615   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1616 }
1617 #endif
1618 
1619 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1620    a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1621    start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1622    after the end of the function.  The default is to put it before the
1623    start.  */
1624 
1625 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1626 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1627 #endif
1628 
1629 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1630    to be output to assembler.
1631    Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate.  */
1632 
1633 void
1634 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1635 {
1636   const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1637 
1638   if (first_global_object_name
1639       || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1640       || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1641       || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1642       || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1643       || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1644 	  && (!VAR_P (decl)
1645 	      || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1646 		  && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1647 		      || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1648     return;
1649 
1650   /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1651      symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names.  */
1652   if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1653     t = &weak_global_object_name;
1654 
1655   if (!*t)
1656     {
1657       tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1658       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1659       *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1660     }
1661 }
1662 
1663 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1664    current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1665    current_function_section during RTL expansion.  DECL describes the
1666    function.  */
1667 
1668 void
1669 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1670 {
1671   first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1672 
1673   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1674     /* We will decide in assemble_start_function.  */
1675     return;
1676 
1677  if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1678     {
1679       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1680       /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1681 	 being accurate.  */
1682       first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1683 				      && node->frequency
1684 				      == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1685     }
1686 
1687   in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1688 }
1689 
1690 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL.  This may be
1691    different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file.  */
1692 const char *
1693 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1694 {
1695   rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1696   gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1697   x = XEXP (x, 0);
1698   gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1699   return XSTR (x, 0);
1700 }
1701 
1702 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1703    with defining the name of the function.  DECL describes the function.
1704    NAME is the function's name.  For the constant pool, we use the current
1705    constant pool data.  */
1706 
1707 void
1708 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1709 {
1710   int align;
1711   char tmp_label[100];
1712   bool hot_label_written = false;
1713 
1714   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1715     {
1716       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1717       crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1718       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1719       crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1720       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1721       crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1722       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1723       crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1724       const_labelno++;
1725       cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1726     }
1727   else
1728     {
1729       crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1730       crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1731       crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1732       crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1733     }
1734 
1735   /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler.  */
1736 
1737   app_disable ();
1738 
1739   if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1740     output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1741 
1742   align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1743 
1744   /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1745      aligned.  This is necessary here in the case where the function
1746      has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1747      the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function.  */
1748 
1749   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1750     {
1751       first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1752 
1753       switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1754       assemble_align (align);
1755       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1756 
1757       /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1758 	 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1759 	 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG.  */
1760       if (!cfun->is_thunk
1761 	  && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1762 	{
1763 	  switch_to_section (text_section);
1764 	  assemble_align (align);
1765 	  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1766 	  hot_label_written = true;
1767 	  first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1768 	}
1769       in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1770     }
1771 
1772 
1773   /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function.  */
1774 
1775   switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1776   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
1777       && !hot_label_written)
1778     ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1779 
1780   /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions.  */
1781   align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1782   if (align > 0)
1783     {
1784       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1785     }
1786 
1787   /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1788      Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1789      because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all.  */
1790   if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1791       && align_functions_log > align
1792       && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1793     {
1794 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1795       int align_log = align_functions_log;
1796 #endif
1797       int max_skip = align_functions - 1;
1798       if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1799 	  && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1800 	max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1801 
1802 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1803       ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1804 #else
1805       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions_log);
1806 #endif
1807     }
1808 
1809 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1810   ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1811 #endif
1812 
1813   if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1814     (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1815 
1816   /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate.  */
1817 
1818   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1819       || (cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone
1820 	  && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version
1821 	  && TREE_PUBLIC (cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version->decl)))
1822     {
1823       notice_global_symbol (decl);
1824 
1825       globalize_decl (decl);
1826 
1827       maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1828     }
1829 
1830   if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1831     targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1832 
1833   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name.  */
1834 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1835   ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1836 #else
1837   /* Standard thing is just output label for the function.  */
1838   ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1839 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1840 
1841   if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1842     saw_no_split_stack = true;
1843 }
1844 
1845 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1846    function.  DECL describes the function.  NAME is the function's name.  */
1847 
1848 void
1849 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1850 {
1851 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1852   /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function.  */
1853   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1854     switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1855   ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1856 #endif
1857   if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1858     {
1859       output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1860       switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1861     }
1862   /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1863      debug info.)  */
1864   if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1865     {
1866       section *save_text_section;
1867 
1868       save_text_section = in_section;
1869       switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1870 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1871       if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1872 	ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1873 					IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1874 					decl);
1875 #endif
1876       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1877       if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1878 	switch_to_section (text_section);
1879       else
1880 	switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1881       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1882       switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1883     }
1884 }
1885 
1886 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros.  */
1887 
1888 void
1889 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1890 {
1891   /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only.  */
1892   if (flag_syntax_only)
1893     return;
1894 
1895 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1896   /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1897      so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section.  */
1898   if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1899     {
1900       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1901       for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1902 	assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1903     }
1904   else
1905 #endif
1906     if (size > 0)
1907       ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1908 }
1909 
1910 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary.  */
1911 
1912 void
1913 assemble_align (int align)
1914 {
1915   if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1916     {
1917       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1918     }
1919 }
1920 
1921 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents.  */
1922 
1923 void
1924 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1925 {
1926   int pos = 0;
1927   int maximum = 2000;
1928 
1929   /* If the string is very long, split it up.  */
1930 
1931   while (pos < size)
1932     {
1933       int thissize = size - pos;
1934       if (thissize > maximum)
1935 	thissize = maximum;
1936 
1937       ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
1938 
1939       pos += thissize;
1940       p += thissize;
1941     }
1942 }
1943 
1944 
1945 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section.  */
1946 
1947 static bool
1948 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1949 	    const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1950 	    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1951 	    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1952 {
1953 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
1954   unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1955   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
1956 				 size, align);
1957   return true;
1958 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
1959   unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1960   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
1961   return true;
1962 #else
1963   ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
1964   return false;
1965 #endif
1966 }
1967 
1968 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section.  */
1969 
1970 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
1971 static bool
1972 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1973 	  const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1974 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1975 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1976 {
1977   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
1978 			  get_variable_align (decl));
1979   return true;
1980 }
1981 #endif
1982 
1983 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section.  */
1984 
1985 static bool
1986 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1987 	     const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1988 	     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1989 	     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1990 {
1991 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
1992   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
1993 				  size, get_variable_align (decl));
1994   return true;
1995 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
1996   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
1997 			     get_variable_align (decl));
1998   return true;
1999 #else
2000   ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2001   return false;
2002 #endif
2003 }
2004 
2005 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section.  */
2006 
2007 static bool
2008 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2009 		 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2010 		 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2011 		 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2012 {
2013 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2014   ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2015   return true;
2016 #else
2017   sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2018   return true;
2019 #endif
2020 }
2021 
2022 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2023    NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF.  */
2024 
2025 static void
2026 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2027 			    unsigned int align)
2028 {
2029   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2030 
2031   size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2032   rounded = size;
2033 
2034   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2035     size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2036 
2037   /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2038      since that means "undefined external" in the linker.  */
2039   if (size == 0)
2040     rounded = 1;
2041 
2042   /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2043      so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary.  */
2044   rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2045   rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2046 	     * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2047 
2048   if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2049       && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2050     error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2051 	   "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2052 }
2053 
2054 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable.  Output the label and contents of
2055    DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME.  DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2056    is as for assemble_variable.  */
2057 
2058 static void
2059 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2060 			    bool dont_output_data)
2061 {
2062   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object.  */
2063 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2064   last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2065   ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2066 #else
2067   /* Standard thing is just output label for the object.  */
2068   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2069 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2070 
2071   if (!dont_output_data)
2072     {
2073       /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2074 	 to output the body.  */
2075       gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2076       if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2077 	  && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2078 	  && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2079 	/* Output the actual data.  */
2080 	output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2081 			 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2082 			 get_variable_align (decl),
2083 			 false);
2084       else
2085 	/* Leave space for it.  */
2086 	assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2087       targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2088     }
2089 }
2090 
2091 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2092    the current translation unit.  */
2093 void
2094 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2095 {
2096   const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2097   targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2098 }
2099 
2100 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2101    Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2102    Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2103 
2104    TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2105    AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2106    to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2107    DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2108    initial value (that will be done by the caller).  */
2109 
2110 void
2111 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2112 		   int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2113 {
2114   const char *name;
2115   rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2116   section *sect;
2117   unsigned int align;
2118   bool asan_protected = false;
2119 
2120   /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES.  Ensure we have one.  */
2121   gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2122 
2123   /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far.  */
2124   gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2125 
2126   last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2127 
2128   /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2129      since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2130      when a declaration is first seen.  */
2131 
2132   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2133     return;
2134 
2135   /* Do nothing for global register variables.  */
2136   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2137     {
2138       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2139       return;
2140     }
2141 
2142   /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2143      see if it is complete now.  */
2144 
2145   if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2146     layout_decl (decl, 0);
2147 
2148   /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2149      (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference.  */
2150 
2151   if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2152     {
2153       error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2154       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2155       return;
2156     }
2157 
2158   /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2159      decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2160      or local (in C, has internal linkage).  So do nothing more
2161      if this function has already run.  */
2162 
2163   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2164     return;
2165 
2166   /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2167      ASM_WRITTEN.  */
2168   decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2169 
2170   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2171 
2172   /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only.  */
2173   if (flag_syntax_only)
2174     return;
2175 
2176   if (! dont_output_data
2177       && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2178     {
2179       error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2180       return;
2181     }
2182 
2183   gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2184   gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2185   symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2186 
2187   /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2188      if it hasn't already been written.  */
2189   if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2190     {
2191       tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2192       if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2193 	output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2194       return;
2195     }
2196 
2197   app_disable ();
2198 
2199   name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2200   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2201     notice_global_symbol (decl);
2202 
2203   /* Compute the alignment of this data.  */
2204 
2205   align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2206 
2207   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2208       && asan_protect_global (decl))
2209     {
2210       asan_protected = true;
2211       SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2212 				 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2213     }
2214 
2215   set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2216 
2217   align = get_variable_align (decl);
2218 
2219   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2220     maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2221 
2222   if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2223     targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2224 
2225   /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate.  */
2226   sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2227   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2228       && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2229     globalize_decl (decl);
2230 
2231   /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of.  */
2232   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2233     output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2234 
2235   /* dbxout.c needs to know this.  */
2236   if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2237     DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2238 
2239   /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2240      has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2241      definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do that later.  */
2242   if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2243     {
2244       gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2245       place_block_symbol (symbol);
2246     }
2247   else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2248     assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2249   else
2250     {
2251       /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections.  */
2252       if (sect->named.name
2253 	  && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2254 	handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2255       else
2256 	switch_to_section (sect);
2257       if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2258 	ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2259       assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data);
2260       if (asan_protected)
2261 	{
2262 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2263 	    = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2264 	  assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2265 	}
2266     }
2267 }
2268 
2269 
2270 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2271    function into the .preinit_array section.  */
2272 
2273 void
2274 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2275 {
2276   section *sect;
2277   unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2278   rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2279 
2280   flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2281   sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2282   switch_to_section (sect);
2283   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2284 }
2285 
2286 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers.  */
2287 
2288 static int
2289 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2290 {
2291   switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2292     {
2293     case POINTER_TYPE:
2294     case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2295       /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2296 	 so I'll play safe and return 1.  */
2297     case OFFSET_TYPE:
2298       return 1;
2299 
2300     case RECORD_TYPE:
2301     case UNION_TYPE:
2302     case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2303       {
2304 	tree fields;
2305 	/* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers.  */
2306 	for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2307 	  if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2308 	      && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2309 	    return 1;
2310 	return 0;
2311       }
2312 
2313     case ARRAY_TYPE:
2314       /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does.  */
2315       return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2316 
2317     default:
2318       return 0;
2319     }
2320 }
2321 
2322 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2323    the compilation unit is finalized.  This is the best we can do for
2324    right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2325    it all the way to final.  See PR 17982 for further discussion.  */
2326 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2327 
2328 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2329 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2330    As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2331    is processed and the pointer set destroyed.  */
2332 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2333 
2334 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2335    TREE_LIST in assemble_external.  */
2336 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2337 
2338 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2339    It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set.  */
2340 
2341 static bool
2342 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2343 {
2344   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
2345     {
2346       const char *name;
2347 
2348       if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2349 	  && (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA
2350 	      || DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl) == BUILT_IN_ALLOCA_WITH_ALIGN))
2351 	return true;
2352 
2353       name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2354       /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2355 	 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal.  */
2356       if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2357 	return true;
2358     }
2359   return false;
2360 }
2361 
2362 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2363    ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL.  */
2364 static void
2365 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2366 {
2367   rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2368 
2369   if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2370       && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2371       && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2372     {
2373       /* Some systems do require some output.  */
2374       SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2375       ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2376     }
2377 }
2378 #endif
2379 
2380 void
2381 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2382 {
2383 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2384   tree list;
2385   for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2386     assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2387 
2388   pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2389   pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2390   delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2391 #endif
2392 }
2393 
2394 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2395    to be emitted.  */
2396 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2397 
2398 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2399    and qualifiers such as weakness.  (Most assemblers don't need
2400    extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.)  Do nothing if
2401    DECL is not external.  */
2402 
2403 void
2404 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2405 {
2406   /*  Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2407       If it's not, we should not be calling this function.  */
2408   gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2409 
2410   /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2411      Sadly, the Java and Go front ends emit assembly *from the front end*,
2412      bypassing the call graph.  See PR52739.  Fix before GCC 4.8.  */
2413 #if 0
2414   /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2415      expanded, to RTL.
2416      Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2417      not clear whether that would break things somehow.  See PR 17982
2418      for further discussion.  */
2419   gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2420 	      || state == FINISHED);
2421 #endif
2422 
2423   if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2424     return;
2425 
2426   /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2427      very last to check if they are references or not.  */
2428 
2429   if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2430       && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2431       /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2432 	 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2433 	 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2434 	 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2435 	 match.  */
2436       && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2437       && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2438       && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2439     weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2440 
2441 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2442   if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2443     {
2444       assemble_external_real (decl);
2445       return;
2446     }
2447 
2448   if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2449     pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2450 					    pending_assemble_externals);
2451 #endif
2452 }
2453 
2454 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN.  */
2455 
2456 void
2457 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2458 {
2459   /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec.  */
2460   if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2461     {
2462       SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2463       targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2464     }
2465 }
2466 
2467 /* Assemble a label named NAME.  */
2468 
2469 void
2470 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2471 {
2472   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2473 }
2474 
2475 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID.  */
2476 void
2477 mark_referenced (tree id)
2478 {
2479   TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2480 }
2481 
2482 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph.  */
2483 void
2484 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2485 {
2486   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2487     {
2488       /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2489 	 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2490 	 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2491 	 definition.  */
2492       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2493       if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2494 	  && !node->definition)
2495 	node->mark_force_output ();
2496     }
2497   else if (VAR_P (decl))
2498     {
2499       varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2500       /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2501          to be output that might appear dead otherwise.  */
2502       node->force_output = true;
2503     }
2504   /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2505      which do not need to be marked.  */
2506 }
2507 
2508 
2509 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME.  If NAME
2510    starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim.  Otherwise
2511    NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2512    addition of an underscore).  */
2513 
2514 void
2515 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2516 {
2517   if (name[0] == '*')
2518     fputs (&name[1], file);
2519   else
2520     ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2521 }
2522 
2523 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2524    an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2525    variable).  If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2526    be marked as referenced.  */
2527 
2528 void
2529 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2530 {
2531   const char *real_name;
2532   tree id;
2533 
2534   real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2535 
2536   id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2537   if (id)
2538     {
2539       tree id_orig = id;
2540 
2541       mark_referenced (id);
2542       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2543       if (id != id_orig)
2544 	name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2545       gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2546     }
2547 
2548   assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2549 }
2550 
2551 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2552    and return an RTX to refer to its address.  */
2553 
2554 rtx
2555 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2556 {
2557   char name[17];
2558   const char *namestring;
2559   rtx x;
2560 
2561   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2562   ++const_labelno;
2563   namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2564 
2565   x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2566   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2567 
2568 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2569   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2570 				 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2571 #else
2572 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2573   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2574 #else
2575   {
2576     /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2577        so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary.  */
2578     /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL.  */
2579     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2580       = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2581 	 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2582 	 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2583     ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2584   }
2585 #endif
2586 #endif
2587   return x;
2588 }
2589 
2590 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2591    This is done at most once per compilation.
2592    Returns an RTX for the address of the template.  */
2593 
2594 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2595 
2596 rtx
2597 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2598 {
2599   char label[256];
2600   const char *name;
2601   int align;
2602   rtx symbol;
2603 
2604   gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2605 
2606   if (initial_trampoline)
2607     return initial_trampoline;
2608 
2609   /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section.  */
2610 
2611 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2612   switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2613 #else
2614   switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2615 #endif
2616 
2617   /* Write the assembler code to define one.  */
2618   align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2619   if (align > 0)
2620     ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2621 
2622   targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2623   targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2624 
2625   /* Record the rtl to refer to it.  */
2626   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2627   name = ggc_strdup (label);
2628   symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2629   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2630 
2631   initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2632   set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2633   set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2634 
2635   return initial_trampoline;
2636 }
2637 
2638 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets.  Return the minimum alignment
2639    that may be assumed after adding the two together.  */
2640 
2641 static inline unsigned
2642 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2643 {
2644   return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2645 }
2646 
2647 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2648    object.  SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2649    indicates whether it is known to be aligned.  Return NULL if the
2650    assembly dialect has no such directive.
2651 
2652    The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2653    be followed immediately by the object's initial value.  */
2654 
2655 const char *
2656 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2657 {
2658   struct asm_int_op *ops;
2659 
2660   if (aligned_p)
2661     ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2662   else
2663     ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2664 
2665   switch (size)
2666     {
2667     case 1:
2668       return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2669     case 2:
2670       return ops->hi;
2671     case 4:
2672       return ops->si;
2673     case 8:
2674       return ops->di;
2675     case 16:
2676       return ops->ti;
2677     default:
2678       return NULL;
2679     }
2680 }
2681 
2682 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X.  Print OP at the
2683    start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X.  */
2684 
2685 void
2686 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2687 {
2688   fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2689   output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2690   fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2691 }
2692 
2693 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook.  */
2694 
2695 bool
2696 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2697 			  unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2698 			  int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2699 {
2700   const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2701   /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values.  Specifically negative values whose
2702      absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma.  */
2703   if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2704     return false;
2705   return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2706 }
2707 
2708 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes.  ALIGN is
2709    the alignment of the integer in bits.  Return 1 if we were able to output
2710    the constant, otherwise 0.  We must be able to output the constant,
2711    if FORCE is nonzero.  */
2712 
2713 bool
2714 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2715 {
2716   int aligned_p;
2717 
2718   aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2719 
2720   /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object.  */
2721   if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2722     return true;
2723 
2724   /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up.  Split
2725      it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes.  */
2726   if (size > 1)
2727     {
2728       machine_mode omode, imode;
2729       unsigned int subalign;
2730       unsigned int subsize, i;
2731       enum mode_class mclass;
2732 
2733       subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2734       subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2735       if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2736 	mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2737       else
2738 	mclass = MODE_INT;
2739 
2740       omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0);
2741       imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0);
2742 
2743       for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2744 	{
2745 	  rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2746 	  if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2747 	    break;
2748 	}
2749       if (i == size)
2750 	return true;
2751 
2752       /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2753 	 back now.  */
2754       gcc_assert (!i);
2755     }
2756 
2757   gcc_assert (!force);
2758 
2759   return false;
2760 }
2761 
2762 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE.  ALIGN
2763    is the alignment of the constant in bits.  If REVERSE is true, D is output
2764    in reverse storage order.  */
2765 
2766 void
2767 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, machine_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2768 	       bool reverse)
2769 {
2770   long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2771   int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2772   rtx elt;
2773 
2774   /* This is hairy.  We have a quantity of known size.  real_to_target
2775      will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2776      (even if long is more than 32 bits).  We need to determine the
2777      number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2778      of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2779      object file (nunits).  We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2780      mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2781 
2782      size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2783      (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2784      will include the padding bits in its output array) are included.  */
2785 
2786   nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2787   bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2788   nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2789   units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2790 
2791   real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2792 
2793   /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment.  */
2794   if (reverse)
2795     elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2796   else
2797     elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2798   assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2799   nunits -= units_per;
2800 
2801   /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment.  */
2802   align = min_align (align, 32);
2803 
2804   for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2805     {
2806       if (reverse)
2807 	elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2808 				  gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2809       else
2810 	elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2811       assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2812       nunits -= units_per;
2813     }
2814 }
2815 
2816 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2817    reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2818    Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2819    EXP must be reducible.  */
2820 
2821 struct addr_const {
2822   rtx base;
2823   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2824 };
2825 
2826 static void
2827 decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
2828 {
2829   tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2830   HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
2831   rtx x;
2832 
2833   while (1)
2834     {
2835       if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2836 	  && tree_fits_shwi_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1))))
2837 	{
2838 	  offset += int_byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1));
2839 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2840 	}
2841       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2842 	       || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2843 	{
2844 	  /* Truncate big offset.  */
2845 	  offset += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2846 		     * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)));
2847 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2848 	}
2849       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2850 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2851 	{
2852 	  offset += mem_ref_offset (target).to_short_addr ();
2853 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2854 	}
2855       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2856 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2857 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2858 		  == ADDR_EXPR)
2859 	target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2860       else
2861 	break;
2862     }
2863 
2864   switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2865     {
2866     case VAR_DECL:
2867     case FUNCTION_DECL:
2868       x = DECL_RTL (target);
2869       break;
2870 
2871     case LABEL_DECL:
2872       x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2873 		       gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2874       break;
2875 
2876     case REAL_CST:
2877     case FIXED_CST:
2878     case STRING_CST:
2879     case COMPLEX_CST:
2880     case CONSTRUCTOR:
2881     case INTEGER_CST:
2882       x = output_constant_def (target, 1);
2883       break;
2884 
2885     default:
2886       gcc_unreachable ();
2887     }
2888 
2889   gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2890   x = XEXP (x, 0);
2891 
2892   value->base = x;
2893   value->offset = offset;
2894 }
2895 
2896 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2897 
2898 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
2899 
2900 /* Constant pool accessor function.  */
2901 
2902 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
2903 constant_pool_htab (void)
2904 {
2905   return const_desc_htab;
2906 }
2907 
2908 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression.  */
2909 
2910 hashval_t
2911 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
2912 {
2913   return ptr->hash;
2914 }
2915 
2916 static hashval_t
2917 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
2918 {
2919   const char *p;
2920   hashval_t hi;
2921   int len, i;
2922   enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
2923 
2924   /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
2925      exit the switch or return a value.  */
2926 
2927   switch (code)
2928     {
2929     case INTEGER_CST:
2930       p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
2931       len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
2932       break;
2933 
2934     case REAL_CST:
2935       return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
2936 
2937     case FIXED_CST:
2938       return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
2939 
2940     case STRING_CST:
2941       p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
2942       len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
2943       break;
2944 
2945     case COMPLEX_CST:
2946       return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
2947 	      + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
2948 
2949     case VECTOR_CST:
2950       {
2951 	unsigned i;
2952 
2953 	hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp);
2954 
2955 	for (i = 0; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp); ++i)
2956 	  hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i));
2957 
2958 	return hi;
2959       }
2960 
2961     case CONSTRUCTOR:
2962       {
2963 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
2964 	tree value;
2965 
2966 	hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
2967 
2968 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
2969 	  if (value)
2970 	    hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
2971 
2972 	return hi;
2973       }
2974 
2975     case ADDR_EXPR:
2976     case FDESC_EXPR:
2977       {
2978 	struct addr_const value;
2979 
2980 	decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
2981 	switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
2982 	  {
2983 	  case SYMBOL_REF:
2984 	    /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
2985 	       only use the offset and the symbol name.  */
2986 	    hi = value.offset;
2987 	    p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
2988 	    for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
2989 	      hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
2990 	    break;
2991 
2992 	  case LABEL_REF:
2993 	    hi = (value.offset
2994 		  + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
2995 	    break;
2996 
2997 	  default:
2998 	    gcc_unreachable ();
2999 	  }
3000       }
3001       return hi;
3002 
3003     case PLUS_EXPR:
3004     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3005     case MINUS_EXPR:
3006       return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3007 	      + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3008 
3009     CASE_CONVERT:
3010       return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3011 
3012     default:
3013       /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code.  */
3014       return code;
3015     }
3016 
3017   /* Compute hashing function.  */
3018   hi = len;
3019   for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3020     hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3021 
3022   return hi;
3023 }
3024 
3025 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface.  */
3026 bool
3027 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3028 			       constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3029 {
3030   if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3031     return 0;
3032   return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3033 }
3034 
3035 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3036    the same bit pattern on output.  */
3037 
3038 static int
3039 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3040 {
3041   enum tree_code typecode;
3042 
3043   if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3044     return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3045   if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3046     return 0;
3047 
3048   if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3049     return 0;
3050 
3051   switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3052     {
3053     case INTEGER_CST:
3054       /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3055       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3056 	return 0;
3057       if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3058 	return 0;
3059       return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3060 
3061     case REAL_CST:
3062       /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3063       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3064 	return 0;
3065 
3066       return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3067 
3068     case FIXED_CST:
3069       /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3070       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3071 	return 0;
3072 
3073       return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3074 
3075     case STRING_CST:
3076       if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3077 	return 0;
3078 
3079       return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3080 	      && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3081 			 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3082 
3083     case COMPLEX_CST:
3084       return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3085 	      && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3086 
3087     case VECTOR_CST:
3088       {
3089 	unsigned i;
3090 
3091         if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS (t1) != VECTOR_CST_NELTS (t2))
3092 	  return 0;
3093 
3094 	for (i = 0; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (t1); ++i)
3095 	  if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (t1, i),
3096 				 VECTOR_CST_ELT (t2, i)))
3097 	    return 0;
3098 
3099 	return 1;
3100       }
3101 
3102     case CONSTRUCTOR:
3103       {
3104 	vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3105 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3106 
3107 	typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3108 	if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3109 	  return 0;
3110 
3111 	if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3112 	  {
3113 	    HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3114 	    /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match.  */
3115 	    if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3116 		|| size_1 == -1
3117 		|| size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3118 		|| TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3119 		   != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3120 	      return 0;
3121 	  }
3122 	else
3123 	  {
3124 	    /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3125                equality.  */
3126 	    if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3127 	      return 0;
3128 	  }
3129 
3130 	v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3131 	v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3132 	if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3133 	  return 0;
3134 
3135 	for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3136 	  {
3137 	    constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3138 	    constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3139 
3140 	    /* Check that each value is the same...  */
3141 	    if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3142 	      return 0;
3143 	    /* ... and that they apply to the same fields!  */
3144 	    if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3145 	      {
3146 		if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3147 		  return 0;
3148 	      }
3149 	    else
3150 	      {
3151 		if (c1->index != c2->index)
3152 		  return 0;
3153 	      }
3154 	  }
3155 
3156 	return 1;
3157       }
3158 
3159     case ADDR_EXPR:
3160     case FDESC_EXPR:
3161       {
3162 	struct addr_const value1, value2;
3163 	enum rtx_code code;
3164 	int ret;
3165 
3166 	decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3167 	decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3168 
3169 	if (value1.offset != value2.offset)
3170 	  return 0;
3171 
3172 	code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3173 	if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3174 	  return 0;
3175 
3176 	switch (code)
3177 	  {
3178 	  case SYMBOL_REF:
3179 	    ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3180 	    break;
3181 
3182 	  case LABEL_REF:
3183 	    ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3184 		   == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3185 	    break;
3186 
3187 	  default:
3188 	    gcc_unreachable ();
3189 	  }
3190 	return ret;
3191       }
3192 
3193     case PLUS_EXPR:
3194     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3195     case MINUS_EXPR:
3196     case RANGE_EXPR:
3197       return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3198 	      && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3199 
3200     CASE_CONVERT:
3201     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3202       return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3203 
3204     default:
3205       return 0;
3206     }
3207 
3208   gcc_unreachable ();
3209 }
3210 
3211 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed.  */
3212 
3213 static section *
3214 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3215 {
3216   return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3217 					 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3218 					 align);
3219 }
3220 
3221 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes.  */
3222 
3223 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3224 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3225 {
3226   HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3227 
3228   size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3229   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3230     size = MAX (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
3231   return size;
3232 }
3233 
3234 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3235    No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3236    Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3237    Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3238    constant's location in memory.
3239    Caller is responsible for updating the hash table.  */
3240 
3241 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3242 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3243 {
3244   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3245   rtx symbol, rtl;
3246   char label[256];
3247   int labelno;
3248   tree decl;
3249 
3250   desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3251   desc->value = exp;
3252 
3253   /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL.  */
3254   labelno = const_labelno++;
3255   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3256 
3257   /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant.  */
3258   decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3259 		     TREE_TYPE (exp));
3260   DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3261   DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3262   TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3263   TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3264   TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3265   /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3266      variable is referenced.  Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3267      Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl.  */
3268   DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3269   DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3270   /* ??? CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT hasn't been updated for vector types on most
3271      architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings.  */
3272   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3273     {
3274       SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3275     }
3276   else
3277     align_variable (decl, 0);
3278 
3279   /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM.  */
3280   if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3281     {
3282       int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3283 		   || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3284 		   ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3285 		   : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3286       section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3287       symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3288 				    get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3289     }
3290   else
3291     symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3292   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3293   SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3294   TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3295 
3296   rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3297   set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3298   set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3299 
3300   /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3301      alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well.  */
3302   set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3303 
3304   /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3305      Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing.  */
3306   RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3307 
3308   /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3309      that it is a local symbol.  If the name is changed, the macro
3310      ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3311      information.  This call might invalidate our local variable
3312      SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward.  */
3313   targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3314 
3315   desc->rtl = rtl;
3316 
3317   return desc;
3318 }
3319 
3320 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3321    for the constant expression EXP.
3322 
3323    If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3324    return an rtx to refer to it.
3325    Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3326    and generate an rtx for it.
3327 
3328    If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3329    if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3330 
3331    `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings.  */
3332 
3333 rtx
3334 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3335 {
3336   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3337   struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3338 
3339   /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  If we didn't find
3340      it, create a new one.  */
3341   key.value = exp;
3342   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3343   constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3344     = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3345 
3346   desc = *loc;
3347   if (desc == 0)
3348     {
3349       desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3350       desc->hash = key.hash;
3351       *loc = desc;
3352     }
3353 
3354   maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3355   return desc->rtl;
3356 }
3357 
3358 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3359    output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it.  */
3360 static void
3361 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3362 				    int defer)
3363 {
3364   rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3365   tree exp = desc->value;
3366 
3367   if (flag_syntax_only)
3368     return;
3369 
3370   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3371     /* Already output; don't do it again.  */
3372     return;
3373 
3374   /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3375      doing so.  */
3376   if (defer)
3377     {
3378       /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists.  It needs to be at
3379 	 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3380 	 by the function.  If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3381 	 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3382 	 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier.  */
3383       if (cfun)
3384 	n_deferred_constants++;
3385       return;
3386     }
3387 
3388   output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3389 }
3390 
3391 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents.  Output the definition
3392    of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL.  ALIGN is the
3393    constant's alignment in bits.  */
3394 
3395 static void
3396 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align)
3397 {
3398   HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3399 
3400   size = get_constant_size (exp);
3401 
3402   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant.  */
3403   targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3404 
3405   /* Output the value of EXP.  */
3406   output_constant (exp, size, align, false);
3407 
3408   targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3409 }
3410 
3411 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so.  */
3412 
3413 static void
3414 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3415 {
3416   tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3417   tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3418   bool asan_protected = false;
3419 
3420   /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3421      are assigned label numbers.  */
3422   output_addressed_constants (exp);
3423 
3424   /* We are no longer deferring this constant.  */
3425   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3426 
3427   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3428       && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3429       && asan_protect_global (exp))
3430     {
3431       asan_protected = true;
3432       SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3433 				 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3434     }
3435 
3436   /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3437      decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3438      its definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do that later.  */
3439   if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3440     place_block_symbol (symbol);
3441   else
3442     {
3443       int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3444 		   || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3445 		   ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3446 		   : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3447       switch_to_section (get_constant_section (exp, align));
3448       if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3449 	ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3450       assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align);
3451       if (asan_protected)
3452 	{
3453 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3454 	  assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3455 	}
3456     }
3457 }
3458 
3459 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  Return the rtl
3460    if it has been emitted, else null.  */
3461 
3462 rtx
3463 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3464 {
3465   struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3466 
3467   key.value = exp;
3468   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3469   constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3470     = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3471 
3472   return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3473 }
3474 
3475 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3476    for the constant expression EXP.
3477 
3478    This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level.  */
3479 
3480 tree
3481 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3482 {
3483   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc, key;
3484   tree decl;
3485 
3486   /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  If we didn't find
3487      it, create a new one.  */
3488   key.value = exp;
3489   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3490   constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3491     = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3492 
3493   desc = *loc;
3494   if (desc == 0)
3495     {
3496       desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3497       desc->hash = key.hash;
3498       *loc = desc;
3499     }
3500 
3501   decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3502   varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3503   return decl;
3504 }
3505 
3506 struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3507   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3508   rtx mem;
3509   rtx sym;
3510   rtx constant;
3511   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3512   hashval_t hash;
3513   machine_mode mode;
3514   unsigned int align;
3515   int labelno;
3516   int mark;
3517 };
3518 
3519 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3520 {
3521   static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3522   static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3523 };
3524 
3525 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3526    twice.  Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3527    are output once per function, not once per file.  */
3528 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools.  Most
3529    can use one per-file pool.  Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3530    difference.  */
3531 
3532 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3533   /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset.  */
3534   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3535   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3536 
3537   /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3538      It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3539      constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3540      in memory.  */
3541   hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3542 
3543   /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3544      machine-specific header).  */
3545   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3546 };
3547 
3548 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab.  */
3549 
3550 hashval_t
3551 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3552 {
3553   return desc->hash;
3554 }
3555 
3556 bool
3557 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3558 			      constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3559 {
3560   if (x->mode != y->mode)
3561     return 0;
3562   return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3563 }
3564 
3565 /* Hash one component of a constant.  */
3566 
3567 static hashval_t
3568 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3569 {
3570   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3571   machine_mode mode;
3572   enum rtx_code code;
3573   hashval_t h;
3574   int i;
3575 
3576   code = GET_CODE (x);
3577   mode = GET_MODE (x);
3578   h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3579 
3580   switch (code)
3581     {
3582     case CONST_INT:
3583       hwi = INTVAL (x);
3584 
3585     fold_hwi:
3586       {
3587 	int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3588 	const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3589 
3590 	h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3591 	for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3592 	  {
3593 	    hwi >>= shift;
3594 	    h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3595 	  }
3596       }
3597       break;
3598 
3599     case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3600       hwi = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
3601       {
3602 	for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3603 	  hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3604 	goto fold_hwi;
3605       }
3606 
3607     case CONST_DOUBLE:
3608       if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3609 	{
3610 	  hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3611 	  goto fold_hwi;
3612 	}
3613       else
3614 	h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3615       break;
3616 
3617     case CONST_FIXED:
3618       h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3619       break;
3620 
3621     case SYMBOL_REF:
3622       h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3623       break;
3624 
3625     case LABEL_REF:
3626       h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3627       break;
3628 
3629     case UNSPEC:
3630     case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3631       h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3632       break;
3633 
3634     default:
3635       break;
3636     }
3637 
3638   return h;
3639 }
3640 
3641 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant.  */
3642 
3643 static hashval_t
3644 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3645 {
3646   hashval_t h = 0;
3647   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3648   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3649     h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3650   return h;
3651 }
3652 
3653 
3654 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool.  */
3655 
3656 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3657 create_constant_pool (void)
3658 {
3659   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3660 
3661   pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3662   pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3663   pool->first = NULL;
3664   pool->last = NULL;
3665   pool->offset = 0;
3666   return pool;
3667 }
3668 
3669 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function.  */
3670 
3671 void
3672 init_varasm_status (void)
3673 {
3674   crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3675   crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3676 }
3677 
3678 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3679    include the same symbol.  */
3680 
3681 rtx
3682 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3683 {
3684   rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3685   return r ? r : x;
3686 }
3687 
3688 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3689    and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory.  */
3690 
3691 rtx
3692 force_const_mem (machine_mode mode, rtx x)
3693 {
3694   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3695   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3696   char label[256];
3697   rtx def, symbol;
3698   hashval_t hash;
3699   unsigned int align;
3700   constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3701 
3702   /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't.  */
3703   if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3704     return NULL_RTX;
3705 
3706   /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry.  */
3707   crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3708 
3709   /* Decide which pool to use.  */
3710   pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3711 	  ? shared_constant_pool
3712 	  : crtl->varasm.pool);
3713 
3714   /* Lookup the value in the hashtable.  */
3715   tmp.constant = x;
3716   tmp.mode = mode;
3717   hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3718   slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3719   desc = *slot;
3720 
3721   /* If the constant was already present, return its memory.  */
3722   if (desc)
3723     return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3724 
3725   /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor.  */
3726   desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3727   *slot = desc;
3728 
3729   /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type.  */
3730   align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3731 
3732   tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0);
3733   if (type != NULL_TREE)
3734     align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (make_tree (type, x), align);
3735 
3736   pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3737   pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3738 
3739   desc->next = NULL;
3740   desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3741   desc->offset = pool->offset;
3742   desc->hash = hash;
3743   desc->mode = mode;
3744   desc->align = align;
3745   desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3746   desc->mark = 0;
3747 
3748   pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3749   if (pool->last)
3750     pool->last->next = desc;
3751   else
3752     pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3753   pool->last = desc;
3754 
3755   /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL.  */
3756   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3757   ++const_labelno;
3758 
3759   /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF.  Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3760      the constants pool.  */
3761   if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3762     {
3763       section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3764       symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3765 				    get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3766     }
3767   else
3768     symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3769   desc->sym = symbol;
3770   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3771   CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3772   SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3773 
3774   /* Construct the MEM.  */
3775   desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3776   set_mem_attributes (def, lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 0), 1);
3777   set_mem_align (def, align);
3778 
3779   /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3780      don't delete it.  */
3781   if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3782     LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3783 
3784   return copy_rtx (def);
3785 }
3786 
3787 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant.  */
3788 
3789 rtx
3790 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3791 {
3792   return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3793 }
3794 
3795 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3796    and whether it has been output or not.  */
3797 
3798 rtx
3799 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3800 {
3801   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3802 
3803   desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3804   *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3805   return desc->constant;
3806 }
3807 
3808 /* Similar, return the mode.  */
3809 
3810 machine_mode
3811 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3812 {
3813   return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3814 }
3815 
3816 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries.  Note
3817    that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3818    here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations.  */
3819 
3820 bool
3821 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3822 {
3823   return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3824 }
3825 
3826 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1.  Emit assembly for X
3827    in MODE with known alignment ALIGN.  */
3828 
3829 static void
3830 output_constant_pool_2 (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3831 {
3832   switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3833     {
3834     case MODE_FLOAT:
3835     case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3836       {
3837 	gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3838 	assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x), mode, align, false);
3839 	break;
3840       }
3841 
3842     case MODE_INT:
3843     case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3844     case MODE_FRACT:
3845     case MODE_UFRACT:
3846     case MODE_ACCUM:
3847     case MODE_UACCUM:
3848     case MODE_POINTER_BOUNDS:
3849       assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3850       break;
3851 
3852     case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
3853     case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
3854     case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
3855     case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
3856     case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
3857     case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
3858       {
3859 	int i, units;
3860         machine_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
3861 	unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
3862 
3863 	gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3864 	units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
3865 
3866 	for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
3867 	  {
3868 	    rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
3869 	    output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
3870 	  }
3871       }
3872       break;
3873 
3874     default:
3875       gcc_unreachable ();
3876     }
3877 }
3878 
3879 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool.  Emit constant DESC,
3880    giving it ALIGN bits of alignment.  */
3881 
3882 static void
3883 output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
3884 			unsigned int align)
3885 {
3886   rtx x, tmp;
3887 
3888   x = desc->constant;
3889 
3890   /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
3891      whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted.  This can occur if a jump table
3892      is eliminated by optimization.  If so, write a constant of zero
3893      instead.  Note that this can also happen by turning the
3894      CODE_LABEL into a NOTE.  */
3895   /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong.  Certainly it's
3896      not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
3897      functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends.  */
3898 
3899   tmp = x;
3900   switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
3901     {
3902     case CONST:
3903       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
3904 	  || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
3905 	break;
3906       tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
3907       /* FALLTHRU  */
3908 
3909     case LABEL_REF:
3910       {
3911 	rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
3912 	gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
3913 	gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
3914 		    || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
3915 	break;
3916       }
3917 
3918     default:
3919       break;
3920     }
3921 
3922 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
3923   ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
3924 				 align, desc->labelno, done);
3925 #endif
3926 
3927   assemble_align (align);
3928 
3929   /* Output the label.  */
3930   targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
3931 
3932   /* Output the data.
3933      Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
3934      as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
3935      assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
3936      of fix-up table entries.  */
3937   output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
3938 
3939   /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
3940      sections have proper size.  */
3941   if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
3942       && in_section
3943       && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
3944     assemble_align (align);
3945 
3946 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
3947  done:
3948 #endif
3949   return;
3950 }
3951 
3952 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
3953    POOL.  Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
3954    are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
3955    emit.  */
3956 
3957 static void
3958 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
3959 {
3960   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3961   pool->offset = 0;
3962 
3963   for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
3964     if (desc->mark)
3965       {
3966 	  /* Recalculate offset.  */
3967 	unsigned int align = desc->align;
3968 	pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3969 	pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3970 	desc->offset = pool->offset;
3971 	pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
3972       }
3973 }
3974 
3975 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
3976    Emit referenced deferred strings.  */
3977 
3978 static void
3979 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
3980 {
3981   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3982   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
3983     {
3984       const_rtx x = *iter;
3985       if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
3986 	{
3987 	  if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
3988 	    {
3989 	      struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
3990 	      if (desc->mark == 0)
3991 		{
3992 		  desc->mark = 1;
3993 		  iter.substitute (desc->constant);
3994 		}
3995 	    }
3996 	  else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
3997 	    {
3998 	      tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
3999 	      if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4000 		{
4001 		  n_deferred_constants--;
4002 		  output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4003 		}
4004 	    }
4005 	}
4006     }
4007 }
4008 
4009 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4010    constant pool which are actually being used.  Entries that are only
4011    referenced by other constants are also marked as used.  Emit
4012    deferred strings that are used.  */
4013 
4014 static void
4015 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4016 {
4017   if (!INSN_P (insn))
4018     return;
4019 
4020   /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE.  Only check the patterns of
4021      insns, not any notes that may be attached.  We don't want to mark
4022      a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note.  */
4023   if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4024     {
4025       int i, n = seq->len ();
4026       for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4027 	{
4028 	  rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4029 	  if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4030 	    mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4031 	}
4032     }
4033   else
4034     mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4035 }
4036 
4037 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4038    entries in POOL which are actually being used.  Emit deferred constants
4039    which have indeed been used.  */
4040 
4041 static void
4042 mark_constant_pool (void)
4043 {
4044   rtx_insn *insn;
4045 
4046   if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4047     return;
4048 
4049   for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4050     mark_constants (insn);
4051 }
4052 
4053 /* Write all the constants in POOL.  */
4054 
4055 static void
4056 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4057 {
4058   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4059 
4060   for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4061     if (desc->mark)
4062       {
4063 	/* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4064 	   the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4065 	   write out its definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do
4066 	   that later.  */
4067 	if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4068 	    && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4069 	  place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4070 	else
4071 	  {
4072 	    switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4073 			       (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4074 	    output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4075 	  }
4076       }
4077 }
4078 
4079 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4080    out the function's private constant pool.  */
4081 
4082 static void
4083 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4084 		      tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4085 {
4086   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4087 
4088   /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4089      discard the instructions which refer to the constant.  In such a
4090      case we do not need to output the constant.  */
4091   mark_constant_pool ();
4092 
4093   /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4094      now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4095      stale.  */
4096   recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4097 
4098 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4099   ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4100 #endif
4101 
4102   output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4103 
4104 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4105   ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4106 #endif
4107 }
4108 
4109 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool.  */
4110 
4111 void
4112 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4113 {
4114   output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4115 }
4116 
4117 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need.  */
4118 
4119 int
4120 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4121 {
4122   int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4123   tree tem;
4124 
4125   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4126     {
4127     case ADDR_EXPR:
4128     case FDESC_EXPR:
4129       /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4130 	 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4131 	 addresses of variables or functions.  */
4132       for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4133 	   tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4134 	;
4135 
4136       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4137 	  && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4138 	{
4139 	  reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4140 	  break;
4141 	}
4142 
4143       if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4144 	reloc |= 2;
4145       else
4146 	reloc |= 1;
4147       break;
4148 
4149     case PLUS_EXPR:
4150     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4151       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4152       reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4153       break;
4154 
4155     case MINUS_EXPR:
4156       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4157       reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4158       /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time.  */
4159       if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4160 	reloc = 0;
4161       else
4162 	reloc |= reloc2;
4163       break;
4164 
4165     CASE_CONVERT:
4166     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4167       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4168       break;
4169 
4170     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4171       {
4172 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4173 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4174 	  if (tem != 0)
4175 	    reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4176       }
4177       break;
4178 
4179     default:
4180       break;
4181     }
4182   return reloc;
4183 }
4184 
4185 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4186    and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4187    Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered.  */
4188 
4189 static void
4190 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4191 {
4192   tree tem;
4193 
4194   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4195     {
4196     case ADDR_EXPR:
4197     case FDESC_EXPR:
4198       /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4199 	 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4200 	 addresses of variables or functions.  */
4201       for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4202 	   tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4203 	;
4204 
4205       /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer.  */
4206       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4207 	tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4208 
4209       if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4210 	output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4211 
4212       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4213 	output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4214       break;
4215 
4216     case PLUS_EXPR:
4217     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4218     case MINUS_EXPR:
4219       output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4220       gcc_fallthrough ();
4221 
4222     CASE_CONVERT:
4223     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4224       output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4225       break;
4226 
4227     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4228       {
4229 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4230 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4231 	  if (tem != 0)
4232 	    output_addressed_constants (tem);
4233       }
4234       break;
4235 
4236     default:
4237       break;
4238     }
4239 }
4240 
4241 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4242    its elements are.  This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4243    and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4244    evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes.  */
4245 
4246 bool
4247 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4248 {
4249   return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4250 	  && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4251 	      || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4252 	      || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4253 }
4254 
4255 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4256 					    tree *cache);
4257 
4258 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p.  VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4259    PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR.  This looks for cases of VALUE
4260    which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4261    particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant.  This
4262    returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4263    which can be used to initialize a static variable.  Otherwise it
4264    returns NULL.  */
4265 
4266 static tree
4267 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4268 {
4269   tree op0, op1;
4270 
4271   if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4272     return NULL_TREE;
4273 
4274   op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4275   op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4276 
4277   /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen.  This
4278      works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4279      ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4280      is cheaper.  */
4281 
4282   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4283 	 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4284     {
4285       tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4286       if (inner == error_mark_node
4287 	  || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4288 	  || (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4289 	      > GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4290 	break;
4291       op0 = inner;
4292     }
4293 
4294   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4295 	 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4296     {
4297       tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4298       if (inner == error_mark_node
4299 	  || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4300 	  || (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4301 	      > GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4302 	break;
4303       op1 = inner;
4304     }
4305 
4306   op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4307   if (!op0)
4308     return NULL_TREE;
4309 
4310   op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4311 					cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4312   /* Both initializers must be known.  */
4313   if (op1)
4314     {
4315       if (op0 == op1
4316 	  && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4317 	      || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4318 	return null_pointer_node;
4319 
4320       /* Support differences between labels.  */
4321       if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4322 	  && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4323 	return null_pointer_node;
4324 
4325       if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4326 	  && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4327 	  && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4328 	return null_pointer_node;
4329     }
4330 
4331   return NULL_TREE;
4332 }
4333 
4334 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4335    Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4336    for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4337    element of a "constant" initializer.
4338 
4339    Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4340    if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4341    We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4342    therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4343    arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4344 
4345    Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL.  */
4346 
4347 static tree
4348 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4349 {
4350   tree ret;
4351 
4352   switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4353     {
4354     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4355       if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4356 	{
4357 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4358 	  tree elt;
4359 	  bool absolute = true;
4360 
4361 	  if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4362 	    return cache[1];
4363 	  FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4364 	    {
4365 	      tree reloc;
4366 	      reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4367 						      NULL);
4368 	      if (!reloc
4369 		  /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO.  */
4370 		  || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4371 		      && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4372 		      && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4373 		{
4374 		  if (cache)
4375 		    {
4376 		      cache[0] = value;
4377 		      cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4378 		    }
4379 		  return NULL_TREE;
4380 		}
4381 	      if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4382 		absolute = false;
4383 	    }
4384 	  /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4385 	     variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4386 	     relocation."  */
4387 	  if (cache)
4388 	    {
4389 	      cache[0] = value;
4390 	      cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4391 	    }
4392 	  return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4393 	}
4394 
4395       return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4396 
4397     case INTEGER_CST:
4398     case VECTOR_CST:
4399     case REAL_CST:
4400     case FIXED_CST:
4401     case STRING_CST:
4402     case COMPLEX_CST:
4403       return null_pointer_node;
4404 
4405     case ADDR_EXPR:
4406     case FDESC_EXPR:
4407       {
4408 	tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4409 	if (op0)
4410 	  {
4411 	    /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic.  If "a" turns out
4412 	       to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense.  */
4413 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4414 		&& TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4415 	      return null_pointer_node;
4416 	    /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4417 	       unless we don't need or want one.  */
4418 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4419 		&& DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4420 		&& !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4421 	      return NULL_TREE;
4422 	    /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4423 	       object.  */
4424 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4425 	      return NULL_TREE;
4426 	  }
4427 	return op0;
4428       }
4429 
4430     case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4431       return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4432 					     endtype, cache);
4433 
4434     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4435       {
4436 	tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4437 	tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4438 	tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4439 
4440 	/* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4441 	   if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4442 	   RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4443 	   to the underlying constructor.  */
4444 	if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4445 	  {
4446 	    if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4447 	      return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4448 	    else
4449 	      return NULL_TREE;
4450 	  }
4451 
4452 	/* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion.  */
4453 	return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4454       }
4455 
4456     CASE_CONVERT:
4457       {
4458 	tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4459 	tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4460 	tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4461 
4462 	/* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4463 	   types, and offset types.  */
4464 	if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4465 	    || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4466 	    || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4467 		&& TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4468 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4469 
4470 	/* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types.  */
4471 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4472 	    && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4473 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4474 
4475 	/* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4476 	   explicit value.  Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4477 	   than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4478 	   allow to sign extend it to a wider type.  */
4479 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4480 	    && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4481 	    && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4482 		|| TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4483 		|| TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4484 		|| TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4485 	  {
4486 	    tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4487 	    if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4488 	      return null_pointer_node;
4489 	    break;
4490 	  }
4491 
4492 	/* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer.  */
4493 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4494 	    && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4495 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4496 
4497 	/* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4498 	   conversions from 0.  */
4499 	if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4500 	     || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4501 	    && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4502 	  {
4503 	    if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4504 		&& TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4505 	      return null_pointer_node;
4506 	    if (integer_zerop (src))
4507 	      return null_pointer_node;
4508 	    else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4509 	      return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4510 	  }
4511 
4512 	/* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4513 	   inside is okay.  */
4514 	if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4515 	    || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4516 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4517       }
4518       break;
4519 
4520     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4521     case PLUS_EXPR:
4522       /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4523 	 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants.  */
4524       if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4525 	return NULL_TREE;
4526       if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4527 	return cache[1];
4528       if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4529 	  || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4530 	{
4531 	  tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4532 	  tree valid0
4533 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4534 					      endtype, ncache);
4535 	  tree valid1
4536 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4537 					      endtype, ncache + 2);
4538 	  /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation.  */
4539 	  if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4540 	    ret = valid1;
4541 	  else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4542 	    ret = valid0;
4543 	  /* Support narrowing pointer differences.  */
4544 	  else
4545 	    ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4546 							  ncache);
4547 	}
4548       else
4549       /* Support narrowing pointer differences.  */
4550 	ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4551       if (cache)
4552 	{
4553 	  cache[0] = value;
4554 	  cache[1] = ret;
4555 	}
4556       return ret;
4557 
4558     case MINUS_EXPR:
4559       if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4560 	return NULL_TREE;
4561       if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4562 	return cache[1];
4563       if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4564 	  || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4565 	{
4566 	  tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4567 	  tree valid0
4568 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4569 					      endtype, ncache);
4570 	  tree valid1
4571 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4572 					      endtype, ncache + 2);
4573 	  /* Win if second argument is absolute.  */
4574 	  if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4575 	    ret = valid0;
4576 	  /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4577 	     Then the value is absolute.  */
4578 	  else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4579 	    ret = null_pointer_node;
4580 	  /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4581 	     generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4582 	     constant string is absolute.  */
4583 	  else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4584 		   && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4585 		   && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4586 	    ret = null_pointer_node;
4587 	  /* Support narrowing differences.  */
4588 	  else
4589 	    ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4590 							  ncache);
4591 	}
4592       else
4593 	/* Support narrowing differences.  */
4594 	ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4595       if (cache)
4596 	{
4597 	  cache[0] = value;
4598 	  cache[1] = ret;
4599 	}
4600       return ret;
4601 
4602     default:
4603       break;
4604     }
4605 
4606   return NULL_TREE;
4607 }
4608 
4609 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4610    for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4611    element of a "constant" initializer.
4612 
4613    Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4614    if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4615    We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4616    therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4617    arithmetic-combinations of integers.  */
4618 tree
4619 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4620 {
4621   tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4622 
4623   /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order.  */
4624   if (reloc
4625       && reloc != null_pointer_node
4626       && reverse
4627       && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4628       && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4629     reloc = NULL_TREE;
4630 
4631   return reloc;
4632 }
4633 
4634 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4635    for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4636    an element of a "constant" initializer.  */
4637 
4638 bool
4639 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4640 {
4641   /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4642      of such.  */
4643   switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4644     {
4645     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4646       {
4647 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4648 	tree elt;
4649 
4650 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4651 	  if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4652 	    return false;
4653 	return true;
4654       }
4655 
4656     case INTEGER_CST:
4657     case REAL_CST:
4658       return true;
4659 
4660     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4661     case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4662       return
4663 	initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4664 
4665     default:
4666       break;
4667     }
4668 
4669   return false;
4670 }
4671 
4672 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4673    for nested aggregate bitfields.  */
4674 
4675 struct oc_outer_state {
4676   unsigned int bit_offset;  /* current position in ...  */
4677   int byte;                 /* ... the outer byte buffer.  */
4678 };
4679 
4680 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4681 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4682 		    oc_outer_state *);
4683 
4684 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4685    This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4686    Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4687 
4688    Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4689    with zeros if necessary.  SIZE must always be specified.  The returned
4690    value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4691    may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4692 
4693    SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4694    since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4695    It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4696    since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4697    It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4698    type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4699 
4700    There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4701    for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4702    But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4703 
4704    ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4705 
4706    If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order.  */
4707 
4708 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4709 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4710 		 bool reverse)
4711 {
4712   enum tree_code code;
4713   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4714   rtx cst;
4715 
4716   if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4717     return size;
4718 
4719   /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4720      to the address of some declaration somewhere.  If the target says
4721      the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4722      resolving it.  */
4723   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4724       && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4725       && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4726 	   (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4727 	    TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4728     {
4729       tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4730 
4731       /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4732 	 pointer modes.  */
4733       while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4734 	     && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4735 	     && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4736 		  (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4737 		   TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4738 	exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4739 
4740       /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4741 	 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4742 	 way.  */
4743       if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4744 	exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4745       /* Likewise for constant ints.  */
4746       else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4747 	exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4748 
4749     }
4750 
4751   /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4752      constant.  */
4753   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4754 	 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4755 	 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4756     {
4757       HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4758       HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4759 
4760       /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4761 	 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4762 	 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions.  */
4763       if (type_size > op_size
4764 	  && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4765 	  && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4766 	/* Keep the conversion. */
4767 	break;
4768       else
4769 	exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4770     }
4771 
4772   code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4773   thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4774 
4775   /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4776      This means to fill the space with zeros.  */
4777   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4778       && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4779     {
4780       assemble_zeros (size);
4781       return size;
4782     }
4783 
4784   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4785     {
4786 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4787       HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4788       tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4789       ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4790 #else
4791       gcc_unreachable ();
4792 #endif
4793       return size;
4794     }
4795 
4796   /* Now output the underlying data.  If we've handling the padding, return.
4797      Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written.  */
4798   switch (code)
4799     {
4800     case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4801     case INTEGER_TYPE:
4802     case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4803     case POINTER_TYPE:
4804     case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4805     case OFFSET_TYPE:
4806     case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4807     case POINTER_BOUNDS_TYPE:
4808     case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4809       cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4810       if (reverse)
4811 	cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4812       if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4813 	error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4814       break;
4815 
4816     case REAL_TYPE:
4817       if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4818 	error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4819       else
4820 	assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4821 		       align, reverse);
4822       break;
4823 
4824     case COMPLEX_TYPE:
4825       output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align, reverse);
4826       output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
4827 		       min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
4828 		       reverse);
4829       break;
4830 
4831     case ARRAY_TYPE:
4832     case VECTOR_TYPE:
4833       switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4834 	{
4835 	case CONSTRUCTOR:
4836 	  return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4837 	case STRING_CST:
4838 	  thissize
4839 	    = MIN ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), size);
4840 	  assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
4841 	  break;
4842 	case VECTOR_CST:
4843 	  {
4844 	    machine_mode inner = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
4845 	    unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
4846 	    int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
4847 	    output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
4848 			     reverse);
4849 	    thissize = elt_size;
4850 	    for (unsigned int i = 1; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp); i++)
4851 	      {
4852 		output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
4853 				 reverse);
4854 		thissize += elt_size;
4855 	      }
4856 	    break;
4857 	  }
4858 	default:
4859 	  gcc_unreachable ();
4860 	}
4861       break;
4862 
4863     case RECORD_TYPE:
4864     case UNION_TYPE:
4865       gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
4866       return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
4867 
4868     case ERROR_MARK:
4869       return 0;
4870 
4871     default:
4872       gcc_unreachable ();
4873     }
4874 
4875   if (size > thissize)
4876     assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
4877 
4878   return size;
4879 }
4880 
4881 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
4882    arrays of unspecified length.  VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
4883    type with an unspecified upper bound.  */
4884 
4885 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4886 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
4887 {
4888   tree max_index;
4889   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
4890   tree index, value, tmp;
4891   offset_int i;
4892 
4893   /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
4894      arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
4895      doing it here.  */
4896   if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
4897     return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
4898 
4899   max_index = NULL_TREE;
4900   FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
4901     {
4902       if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
4903 	index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
4904       if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
4905 	max_index = index;
4906     }
4907 
4908   if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
4909     return 0;
4910 
4911   /* Compute the total number of array elements.  */
4912   tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
4913   i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
4914 
4915   /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes.  */
4916   i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
4917 
4918   gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
4919   return i.to_uhwi ();
4920 }
4921 
4922 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor.  */
4923 
4924 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers.  */
4925 
4926 struct oc_local_state {
4927 
4928   /* Received arguments.  */
4929   tree exp;                     /* Constructor expression.  */
4930   tree type;                    /* Type of constructor expression.  */
4931   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size;  /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary.  */
4932   unsigned int align;           /* Known initial alignment.  */
4933   tree min_index;               /* Lower bound if specified for an array.  */
4934 
4935   /* Output processing state.  */
4936   HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes;  /* # bytes output so far / current position.  */
4937   int byte;                   /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output.  */
4938   int last_relative_index;    /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
4939 				 array element output within a bitfield.  */
4940   bool byte_buffer_in_use;    /* Whether BYTE is in use.  */
4941   bool reverse;               /* Whether reverse storage order is in use.  */
4942 
4943   /* Current element.  */
4944   tree field;      /* Current field decl in a record.  */
4945   tree val;        /* Current element value.  */
4946   tree index;      /* Current element index.  */
4947 
4948 };
4949 
4950 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the current LOCAL state, output a
4951    RANGE_EXPR element.  */
4952 
4953 static void
4954 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
4955 {
4956   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
4957     = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
4958 
4959   HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
4960     = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
4961   HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
4962     = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
4963   HOST_WIDE_INT index;
4964 
4965   unsigned int align2
4966     = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
4967 
4968   for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
4969     {
4970       /* Output the element's initial value.  */
4971       if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
4972 	assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
4973       else
4974 	fieldsize
4975 	  = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2, local->reverse);
4976 
4977       /* Count its size.  */
4978       local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
4979     }
4980 }
4981 
4982 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the current LOCAL state, output a
4983    field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one.  */
4984 
4985 static void
4986 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
4987 {
4988   /* Field size and position.  Since this structure is static, we know the
4989      positions are constant.  */
4990   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
4991   HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
4992 
4993   unsigned int align2;
4994 
4995   /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element.  */
4996   if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
4997     {
4998       assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
4999       local->total_bytes++;
5000       local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5001     }
5002 
5003   if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5004     {
5005       /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5006 	 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5007 	 but we are using an unsigned sizetype.  */
5008       unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5009       offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5010 				 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5011       fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5012 	.to_short_addr ();
5013     }
5014   else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5015     fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5016   else
5017     fieldpos = 0;
5018 
5019   /* Advance to offset of this element.
5020      Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5021      if each element has the proper size.  */
5022   if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5023     {
5024       if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5025 	{
5026 	  assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5027 	  local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5028 	}
5029       else
5030 	/* Must not go backwards.  */
5031 	gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5032     }
5033 
5034   /* Find the alignment of this element.  */
5035   align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5036 
5037   /* Determine size this element should occupy.  */
5038   if (local->field)
5039     {
5040       fieldsize = 0;
5041 
5042       /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5043 	 the initializer determines the size.  */
5044       /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5045 	 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5046 	 initializing zero-length array members is removed.  */
5047       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5048 	  && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5049 	      || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5050 	{
5051 	  fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5052 	  /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5053 	     be last.  Given a flexible array member, the next field
5054 	     on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct.  */
5055 	  const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5056 	  gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5057 	}
5058       else
5059 	fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5060     }
5061   else
5062     fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5063 
5064   /* Output the element's initial value.  */
5065   if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5066     assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5067   else
5068     fieldsize
5069       = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2, local->reverse);
5070 
5071   /* Count its size.  */
5072   local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5073 }
5074 
5075 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the LOCAL state, output an element
5076    that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one.  BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5077    from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer.  */
5078 
5079 static void
5080 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5081 {
5082   /* Bit size of this element.  */
5083   HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5084     = (local->field
5085        ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5086        : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5087 
5088   /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component.  */
5089   HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5090     = (!local->field
5091        ? (local->index
5092 	  ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5093 	     - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5094 	  : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5095        : 0);
5096 
5097   /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5098      constructor.  */
5099   HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5100       = (local->field
5101 	 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5102 	 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5103 
5104   /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5105      outer byte buffer.  */
5106   HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5107     = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5108 
5109   /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5110      the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5111      this element.  */
5112   HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5113   HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5114 
5115   local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5116 
5117   if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5118     local->val = integer_zero_node;
5119 
5120   while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5121 	 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5122     local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5123 
5124   if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5125       && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5126     {
5127       error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5128       return;
5129     }
5130 
5131   /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes.  */
5132   if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5133     {
5134       /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes.  */
5135       if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5136 	{
5137 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5138 	  local->total_bytes++;
5139 	  local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5140 	}
5141 
5142       /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there.  */
5143       if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5144 	{
5145 	  gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5146 	  assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5147 	  local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5148 	}
5149     }
5150 
5151   /* Set up the buffer if necessary.  */
5152   if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5153     {
5154       local->byte = 0;
5155       if (ebitsize > 0)
5156 	local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5157     }
5158 
5159   /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5160      pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards.  */
5161   if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5162     {
5163       oc_outer_state temp_state;
5164       temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5165       temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5166       local->total_bytes
5167 	+= output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5168       local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5169       return;
5170     }
5171 
5172   /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5173      separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5174      bit-fields.  */
5175   while (next_offset < end_offset)
5176     {
5177       int this_time;
5178       int shift;
5179       HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5180       HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5181       HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5182 
5183       /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary.  */
5184       while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5185 	{
5186 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5187 	  local->total_bytes++;
5188 	  local->byte = 0;
5189 	}
5190 
5191       /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte).  */
5192       this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5193       if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5194 	{
5195 	  /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5196 	     bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5197 	     the most significant end.  */
5198 	  shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5199 
5200 	  /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5201 	     the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST.  We can
5202 	     only select bits from one element.  */
5203 	  if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5204 	      != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5205 	    {
5206 	      const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5207 	      shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5208 	      this_time = end - shift + 1;
5209 	    }
5210 
5211 	  /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word.  */
5212 	  value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5213 	  shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5214 
5215 	  /* Get the result.  This works only when:
5216 	     1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT.  */
5217 	  local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5218 			   & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5219 			  << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit));
5220 	}
5221       else
5222 	{
5223 	  /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5224 	     the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5225 	     bits of the bytes.  */
5226 	  shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5227 
5228 	  /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5229 	     the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST.  We can
5230 	     only select bits from one element.  */
5231 	  if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5232 	      != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5233 	    this_time
5234 	      = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5235 
5236 	  /* Now get the bits from the appropriate constant word.  */
5237 	  value = TREE_INT_CST_ELT (local->val, shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
5238 	  shift = shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
5239 
5240 	  /* Get the result.  This works only when:
5241 	     1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT.  */
5242 	  local->byte |= (((value >> shift)
5243 			   & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 2 << (this_time - 1)) - 1))
5244 			  << next_bit);
5245 	}
5246 
5247       next_offset += this_time;
5248       local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5249     }
5250 }
5251 
5252 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5253    Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary.  OUTER designates the
5254    caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations.  */
5255 
5256 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5257 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5258 		    bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5259 {
5260   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5261   constructor_elt *ce;
5262   oc_local_state local;
5263 
5264   /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers.  */
5265   local.exp = exp;
5266   local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5267   local.size = size;
5268   local.align = align;
5269   if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5270     local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5271   else
5272     local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5273 
5274   local.total_bytes = 0;
5275   local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5276   local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5277   local.last_relative_index = -1;
5278   /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type.  */
5279   if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5280     local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5281   else
5282     local.reverse = reverse;
5283 
5284   gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5285 
5286   /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5287      structure fields if the constant is a structure.  If the constant is a
5288      union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5289      But the constant could also be an array.  Then FIELD is zero.
5290 
5291      There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5292      (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5293      more one).  */
5294 
5295   if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5296     local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5297   else
5298     local.field = NULL_TREE;
5299 
5300   for (cnt = 0;
5301        vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5302        cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5303     {
5304       local.val = ce->value;
5305       local.index = NULL_TREE;
5306 
5307       /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5308 	 or index.  */
5309       if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5310 	local.field = ce->index;
5311 
5312       else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5313 	local.index = ce->index;
5314 
5315       if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5316 	fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5317 		 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5318 		 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5319 		 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5320 		 : "<anonymous>");
5321 
5322       /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue.  */
5323       if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5324 	STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5325 
5326       /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ...  */
5327 
5328       /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield.  */
5329       if (!outer
5330 	  && local.index != NULL_TREE
5331 	  && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5332 	output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5333 
5334       /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5335 	 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long.  */
5336       else if (!outer
5337 	       && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5338 		   || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5339 	output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5340 
5341       /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one.  Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5342 	 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first.  */
5343       else
5344         {
5345 	  if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5346 	    local.val
5347 	      = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5348 			    build_nonstandard_integer_type
5349 			    (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5350 			    local.val);
5351 	  output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5352 	}
5353     }
5354 
5355   /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5356      Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5357   if (outer)
5358     outer->byte = local.byte;
5359   else
5360     {
5361       if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5362 	{
5363 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5364 	  local.total_bytes++;
5365 	}
5366 
5367       if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5368 	{
5369 	  assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5370 	  local.total_bytes = local.size;
5371 	}
5372     }
5373 
5374   return local.total_bytes;
5375 }
5376 
5377 /* Mark DECL as weak.  */
5378 
5379 static void
5380 mark_weak (tree decl)
5381 {
5382   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5383     return;
5384 
5385   struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5386   if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5387     error ("%+D declared weak after being used", decl);
5388   DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5389 
5390   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5391       && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5392       && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5393       && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5394     SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5395 }
5396 
5397 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL.  */
5398 
5399 void
5400 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5401 {
5402   if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5403     {
5404       if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5405         {
5406           tree *pwd;
5407           /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5408              and OLDDECL as well.  Keep just OLDDECL on the list.  */
5409 	  for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5410 	    if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5411 	      {
5412 	        *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5413 		break;
5414 	      }
5415         }
5416       return;
5417     }
5418 
5419   if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5420     {
5421       tree wd;
5422 
5423       /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not.  */
5424 
5425       /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5426 	 go back and make it weak.  This should never happen in
5427 	 unit-at-a-time compilation.  */
5428       gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5429 
5430       /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5431 	 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5432 	 a weak symbol.  Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5433 	 impossible.  */
5434       gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5435 	          || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5436 
5437       /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function.  */
5438       if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5439 	error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5440 	       "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5441 
5442       if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5443 	{
5444 	  /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5445 	     Replace it with the OLDDECL.  */
5446 	  for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5447 	    if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5448 	      {
5449 		TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5450 		break;
5451 	      }
5452 	  /* We may not find the entry on the list.  If NEWDECL is a
5453 	     weak alias, then we will have already called
5454 	     globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5455 	     not need to do anything.  */
5456 	}
5457 
5458       /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping.  */
5459       mark_weak (olddecl);
5460     }
5461   else
5462     /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5463        weak.  Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too.  */
5464     mark_weak (newdecl);
5465 }
5466 
5467 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol.  */
5468 
5469 void
5470 declare_weak (tree decl)
5471 {
5472   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5473   if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5474     {
5475       error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5476       return;
5477     }
5478   else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5479     warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5480 
5481   mark_weak (decl);
5482   if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5483     DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5484       = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5485 }
5486 
5487 static void
5488 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5489 {
5490 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5491   const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5492 #endif
5493 
5494   if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5495     return;
5496 
5497 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5498   ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5499 #else
5500 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5501   ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5502 #else
5503 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5504   {
5505     static bool warn_once = 0;
5506     if (! warn_once)
5507       {
5508 	warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5509 	warn_once = 1;
5510       }
5511     return;
5512   }
5513 #endif
5514 #endif
5515 #endif
5516 }
5517 
5518 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with.  */
5519 static tree
5520 find_decl (tree target)
5521 {
5522   symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5523   if (node)
5524     return node->decl;
5525   return NULL_TREE;
5526 }
5527 
5528 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets.  */
5529 
5530 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5531 
5532 /* Emit any pending weak declarations.  */
5533 
5534 void
5535 weak_finish (void)
5536 {
5537   tree t;
5538 
5539   for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5540     {
5541       tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5542       tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5543 
5544       if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl)))
5545 	/* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5546 	   the target alone.  */
5547 	target = NULL_TREE;
5548 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5549       else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5550 	{
5551 	  /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5552 	     defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5553 	     different macros.  */
5554 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5555 	  ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5556 # else
5557 	  tree decl = find_decl (target);
5558 
5559 	  if (! decl)
5560 	    {
5561 	      decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5562 				 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5563 				 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5564 
5565 	      DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5566 	      TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5567 	      DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5568 	      TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5569 	      TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5570 	    }
5571 
5572 	  weak_finish_1 (decl);
5573 # endif
5574 	}
5575 #endif
5576 
5577       {
5578 	tree *p;
5579 	tree t2;
5580 
5581 	/* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5582 	   so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5583 	   nor multiple .weak directives for the latter.  */
5584 	for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5585 	  {
5586 	    if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5587 		|| target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5588 	      *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5589 	    else
5590 	      p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5591 	  }
5592 
5593 	/* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up.  */
5594 	for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5595 	  {
5596 	    if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5597 	      *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5598 	    else
5599 	      p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5600 	  }
5601       }
5602     }
5603 
5604   for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5605     {
5606       tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5607 
5608       weak_finish_1 (decl);
5609     }
5610 }
5611 
5612 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible.  */
5613 
5614 static void
5615 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5616 {
5617 
5618 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5619   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5620     {
5621       const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5622       tree *p, t;
5623 
5624 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5625       ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5626 #else
5627       ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5628 #endif
5629 
5630       /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5631 	 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it.  */
5632       for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5633 	{
5634 	  if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5635 	    *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5636 	  else
5637 	    p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5638 	}
5639 
5640       /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5641 	 list, for the same reason.  */
5642       for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5643 	{
5644 	  if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5645 	      == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5646 	    *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5647 	  else
5648 	    p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5649 	}
5650 
5651       return;
5652     }
5653 #endif
5654 
5655   targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5656 }
5657 
5658 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5659 
5660 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5661    or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS.  The function defines the symbol whose
5662    tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET.  */
5663 
5664 void
5665 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5666 {
5667   tree id;
5668 
5669   /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var.  */
5670   gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5671 		&& VAR_P (decl)
5672 		&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5673 
5674   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5675     return;
5676 
5677   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5678   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5679   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5680 
5681   /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5682      we don't use it here.  */
5683   make_decl_rtl (decl);
5684 
5685   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5686   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5687   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5688 
5689   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5690     {
5691       if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5692 	weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5693 
5694 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5695       ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5696 			  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5697 			  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5698 #else
5699       if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5700 	{
5701 	  error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5702 		    "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5703 	  return;
5704 	}
5705 #endif
5706       return;
5707     }
5708 
5709 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5710   tree orig_decl = decl;
5711 
5712   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5713       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone
5714       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version)
5715     orig_decl = cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version->decl;
5716 
5717   /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate.  */
5718 
5719   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5720     {
5721       globalize_decl (decl);
5722       maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5723     }
5724   if (lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5725     {
5726 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5727       if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5728 	ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5729 	  (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5730 	   IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5731       else
5732 #endif
5733 	error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5734 		  "ifunc is not supported on this target");
5735     }
5736 
5737 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5738   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5739 # else
5740   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5741 		  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5742 		  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5743 # endif
5744 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5745   {
5746     const char *name;
5747     tree *p, t;
5748 
5749     name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5750 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5751     ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5752 # else
5753     ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5754 # endif
5755     /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5756        we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it.  */
5757     for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5758       if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5759 	  || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5760 	*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5761       else
5762 	p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5763 
5764     /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5765        list, for the same reason.  */
5766     for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5767       {
5768 	if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5769 	  *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5770 	else
5771 	  p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5772       }
5773   }
5774 #endif
5775 }
5776 
5777 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5778    the symbol for TARGET.  */
5779 
5780 void
5781 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5782 {
5783   tree target_decl;
5784 
5785   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5786     {
5787       tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5788 
5789       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5790 
5791       if (alias == target)
5792 	error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
5793       if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5794 	error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
5795     }
5796   else
5797     {
5798 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5799 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5800       error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5801 		"alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5802       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5803       return;
5804 # else
5805       if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5806 	{
5807 	  if (lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5808 	    error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5809 		      "ifunc is not supported in this configuration");
5810 	  else
5811 	    error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5812 		      "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5813 	  TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5814 	  return;
5815 	}
5816 # endif
5817 #endif
5818     }
5819   TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5820 
5821   /* Allow aliases to aliases.  */
5822   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
5823     cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5824   else
5825     varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5826 
5827   /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
5828      alias.  This saves a tad of memory.  */
5829   if (symtab->global_info_ready)
5830     target_decl = find_decl (target);
5831   else
5832     target_decl= NULL;
5833   if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
5834       || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
5835     do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
5836   else
5837     {
5838       alias_pair p = {decl, target};
5839       vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
5840     }
5841 }
5842 
5843 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
5844    to its transaction aware clone.  Note that tm_pure functions are
5845    considered to be their own clone.  */
5846 
5847 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
5848 {
5849   static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
5850   static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
5851 
5852   static int
5853   keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
5854   {
5855     return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
5856   }
5857 };
5858 
5859 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
5860 
5861 void
5862 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
5863 {
5864   struct tree_map **slot, *h;
5865 
5866   if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
5867     tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
5868 
5869   h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
5870   h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
5871   h->base.from = o;
5872   h->to = n;
5873 
5874   slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
5875   *slot = h;
5876 }
5877 
5878 tree
5879 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
5880 {
5881   if (tm_clone_hash)
5882     {
5883       struct tree_map *h, in;
5884 
5885       in.base.from = o;
5886       in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
5887       h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
5888       if (h)
5889 	return h->to;
5890     }
5891   return NULL_TREE;
5892 }
5893 
5894 struct tm_alias_pair
5895 {
5896   unsigned int uid;
5897   tree from;
5898   tree to;
5899 };
5900 
5901 
5902 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section.  */
5903 
5904 static void
5905 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
5906 {
5907   unsigned i;
5908   tm_alias_pair *p;
5909   bool switched = false;
5910 
5911   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
5912     {
5913       tree src = p->from;
5914       tree dst = p->to;
5915       struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
5916       struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
5917 
5918       /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
5919 	 the original function was needed.  But we also mark the clone as
5920 	 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
5921 	 TM_GETTMCLONE.  If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
5922 	 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
5923 	 in the clone table.  */
5924       if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
5925 	continue;
5926 
5927       /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
5928 	 function away, and only access the transactional clone.  */
5929       if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
5930 	continue;
5931 
5932       if (!switched)
5933 	{
5934 	  switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
5935 	  assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
5936 	  switched = true;
5937 	}
5938 
5939       assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
5940 			POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
5941       assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
5942 			POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
5943     }
5944 }
5945 
5946 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section.  */
5947 
5948 section *
5949 default_clone_table_section (void)
5950 {
5951   return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
5952 }
5953 
5954 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
5955    alias_pair->emitted_diags.  */
5956 
5957 static int
5958 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
5959 {
5960   const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
5961   const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
5962   if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
5963     return -1;
5964   if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
5965     return 1;
5966   return 0;
5967 }
5968 
5969 void
5970 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
5971 {
5972   vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
5973 
5974   if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
5975     return;
5976 
5977   /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
5978      we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
5979      to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector.  */
5980 
5981   /* Dump the hashtable to a vector.  */
5982   tree_map *map;
5983   hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
5984   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
5985     {
5986       tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
5987       tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
5988     }
5989   /* Sort it.  */
5990   tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
5991 
5992   /* Dump it.  */
5993   dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
5994 
5995   tm_clone_hash->empty ();
5996   tm_clone_hash = NULL;
5997   tm_alias_pairs.release ();
5998 }
5999 
6000 
6001 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6002    the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT.  */
6003 
6004 void
6005 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6006 			     int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6007 {
6008 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6009   static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6010     NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6011   };
6012 
6013   const char *name, *type;
6014   tree id;
6015 
6016   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6017   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6018   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6019 
6020   type = visibility_types[vis];
6021 
6022   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6023   assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6024   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6025 #else
6026   if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6027     warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6028 	     "in this configuration; ignored");
6029 #endif
6030 }
6031 
6032 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl.  */
6033 
6034 int
6035 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6036 {
6037   enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6038 
6039   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
6040       && cgraph_node::get (decl)
6041       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumentation_clone
6042       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version)
6043     vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (cgraph_node::get (decl)->instrumented_version->decl);
6044 
6045   if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6046     {
6047       targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6048       return 1;
6049     }
6050   else
6051     return 0;
6052 }
6053 
6054 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6055    so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6056    multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6057    a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded.  */
6058 
6059 int
6060 supports_one_only (void)
6061 {
6062   if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6063     return 1;
6064   return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6065 }
6066 
6067 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6068    translation units without generating a linker error.  */
6069 
6070 void
6071 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6072 {
6073   struct symtab_node *symbol;
6074   gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6075 
6076   TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6077 
6078   if (VAR_P (decl))
6079     symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6080   else
6081     symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6082 
6083   if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6084     {
6085 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6086       MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6087 #endif
6088       symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6089     }
6090   else if (VAR_P (decl)
6091            && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6092 	       || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6093     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6094   else
6095     {
6096       gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6097       DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6098     }
6099 }
6100 
6101 void
6102 init_varasm_once (void)
6103 {
6104   section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6105   object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6106   const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6107 
6108   shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6109 
6110 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6111   text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6112 				      TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6113 #endif
6114 
6115 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6116   data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6117 				      DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6118 #endif
6119 
6120 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6121   sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6122 				       SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6123 #endif
6124 
6125 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6126   readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6127 					       READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6128 #endif
6129 
6130 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6131   ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6132 				       CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6133 #endif
6134 
6135 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6136   dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6137 				       DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6138 #endif
6139 
6140 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6141   bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6142 				     output_section_asm_op,
6143 				     BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6144 #endif
6145 
6146 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6147   sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6148 				      output_section_asm_op,
6149 				      SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6150 #endif
6151 
6152   tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6153 					   | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6154   lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6155 					| SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6156   comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6157 				       | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6158 
6159 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6160   bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6161 					       emit_bss);
6162 #endif
6163 
6164   targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6165 
6166   if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6167     readonly_data_section = text_section;
6168 
6169 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6170   pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6171 #endif
6172 }
6173 
6174 enum tls_model
6175 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6176 {
6177   enum tls_model kind;
6178   bool is_local;
6179 
6180   is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6181   if (!flag_shlib)
6182     {
6183       if (is_local)
6184 	kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6185       else
6186 	kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6187     }
6188 
6189   /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6190      parts of the address.  */
6191   else if (optimize && is_local)
6192     kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6193   else
6194     kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6195   if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6196     kind = flag_tls_default;
6197 
6198   return kind;
6199 }
6200 
6201 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6202    of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6203    might contain runtime relocations.
6204 
6205    We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6206    read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl.  */
6207 
6208 unsigned int
6209 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6210 {
6211   unsigned int flags;
6212 
6213   if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6214     flags = SECTION_CODE;
6215   else if (decl)
6216     {
6217       enum section_category category
6218 	= categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6219       if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6220 	flags = 0;
6221       else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6222 	       || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6223 	flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6224       else
6225 	flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6226     }
6227   else
6228     {
6229       flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6230       if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6231 	  || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6232 	flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6233     }
6234 
6235   if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6236     flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6237 
6238   if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6239     flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6240 
6241   if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6242     flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6243 
6244   if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6245       || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6246       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6247       || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6248       || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6249       || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6250       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6251     flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6252 
6253   if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6254       || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6255       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6256     flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6257 
6258   if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6259       || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6260       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6261     flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6262 
6263   /* These three sections have special ELF types.  They are neither
6264      SHT_PROGBITS nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't
6265      want to print a section type (@progbits or @nobits).  If someone
6266      is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of these
6267      sections, then don't handle them specially.  */
6268   if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS))
6269       && (strcmp (name, ".init_array") == 0
6270 	  || strcmp (name, ".fini_array") == 0
6271 	  || strcmp (name, ".preinit_array") == 0))
6272     flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6273 
6274   return flags;
6275 }
6276 
6277 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6278    either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6279    section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION.  */
6280 
6281 bool
6282 have_global_bss_p (void)
6283 {
6284   return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6285 }
6286 
6287 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6288    Four variants for common object file formats.  */
6289 
6290 void
6291 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6292 			  unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6293 			  tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6294 {
6295   /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all.  The
6296      front-end should already have flagged this as an error.  */
6297   gcc_unreachable ();
6298 }
6299 
6300 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6301 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6302 #endif
6303 
6304 void
6305 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6306 			       tree decl)
6307 {
6308   char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6309   unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6310 
6311   /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6312      abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6313      part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6314      declaration every time.  */
6315   if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6316       && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6317     {
6318       fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6319       return;
6320     }
6321 
6322   /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6323      this on to GAS.  */
6324   if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6325       snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6326   else
6327     {
6328       if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6329 	*f++ = 'a';
6330 #if defined (HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE) && HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE == 1
6331       if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6332 	*f++ = 'e';
6333 #endif
6334       if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6335 	*f++ = 'w';
6336       if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6337 	*f++ = 'x';
6338       if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6339 	*f++ = 's';
6340       if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6341 	*f++ = 'M';
6342       if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6343 	*f++ = 'S';
6344       if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6345 	*f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6346       if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6347 	*f++ = 'G';
6348 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6349       if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6350 	*f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6351 #endif
6352       *f = '\0';
6353     }
6354 
6355   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6356 
6357   if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6358     {
6359       const char *type;
6360       const char *format;
6361 
6362       if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6363 	type = "nobits";
6364       else
6365 	type = "progbits";
6366 
6367       format = ",@%s";
6368       /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6369 	 use "%" instead.  */
6370       if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6371 	format = ",%%%s";
6372       fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6373 
6374       if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6375 	fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6376       if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6377 	{
6378 	  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6379 	    fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6380 	  else
6381 	    fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6382 		     IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6383 	}
6384     }
6385 
6386   putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6387 }
6388 
6389 void
6390 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6391 				tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6392 {
6393   char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6394 
6395   if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6396     *f++ = 'w';
6397   if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6398     *f++ = 'x';
6399   *f = '\0';
6400 
6401   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6402 }
6403 
6404 void
6405 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6406 			      tree decl)
6407 {
6408   default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6409 
6410   if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6411     {
6412       /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6413          optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6414          Instead, have the linker pick one.  */
6415       fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6416 	       (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6417     }
6418 }
6419 
6420 /* The lame default section selector.  */
6421 
6422 section *
6423 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6424 			unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6425 {
6426   if (DECL_P (decl))
6427     {
6428       if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6429 	return readonly_data_section;
6430     }
6431   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6432     {
6433       if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6434 	     || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6435 	     || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6436 	     || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6437 	return readonly_data_section;
6438     }
6439   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6440     return readonly_data_section;
6441   else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6442     return readonly_data_section;
6443 
6444   return data_section;
6445 }
6446 
6447 enum section_category
6448 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6449 {
6450   enum section_category ret;
6451 
6452   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6453     return SECCAT_TEXT;
6454   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6455     {
6456       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6457 	  && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6458       /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6459         return SECCAT_RODATA;
6460       else
6461 	return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6462     }
6463   else if (VAR_P (decl))
6464     {
6465       if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6466 	ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6467       else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6468 	       || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6469 	       || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6470 		   && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6471 	{
6472 	  /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6473 	     be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6474 	     do something.  If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6475 	     minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker.  */
6476 	  if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6477 	    ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6478 	  else
6479 	    ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6480 	}
6481       else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6482 	ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6483       else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6484 	       || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6485 		   && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl))))
6486 	/* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6487 	   location.  -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6488 	   expense of not conforming).  */
6489 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6490       else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6491 	       && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6492 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6493       else
6494 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6495     }
6496   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6497     {
6498       if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6499 	  || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6500 	  || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6501 	ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6502       else
6503 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6504     }
6505   else
6506     ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6507 
6508   /* There are no read-only thread-local sections.  */
6509   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6510     {
6511       /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6512 	 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section.  */
6513       if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6514 	       || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6515 		   && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6516 	ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6517       else
6518 	ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6519     }
6520 
6521   /* If the target uses small data sections, select it.  */
6522   else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6523     {
6524       if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6525 	ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6526       else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6527 	ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6528       else
6529 	ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6530     }
6531 
6532   return ret;
6533 }
6534 
6535 static bool
6536 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6537 {
6538   switch (category)
6539     {
6540     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6541     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6542     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6543     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6544     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6545       return true;
6546     default:
6547       return false;
6548     }
6549 }
6550 
6551 bool
6552 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6553 {
6554   return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6555 }
6556 
6557 /* Select a section based on the above categorization.  */
6558 
6559 section *
6560 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6561 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6562 {
6563   const char *sname;
6564   switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6565     {
6566     case SECCAT_TEXT:
6567       /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs.  */
6568       gcc_unreachable ();
6569     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6570       return readonly_data_section;
6571     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6572       return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6573     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6574       return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6575     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6576       return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6577     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6578       sname = ".sdata2";
6579       break;
6580     case SECCAT_DATA:
6581       return data_section;
6582     case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6583       sname = ".data.rel";
6584       break;
6585     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6586       sname = ".data.rel.local";
6587       break;
6588     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6589       sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6590       break;
6591     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6592       sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6593       break;
6594     case SECCAT_SDATA:
6595       sname = ".sdata";
6596       break;
6597     case SECCAT_TDATA:
6598       sname = ".tdata";
6599       break;
6600     case SECCAT_BSS:
6601       if (bss_section)
6602 	return bss_section;
6603       sname = ".bss";
6604       break;
6605     case SECCAT_SBSS:
6606       sname = ".sbss";
6607       break;
6608     case SECCAT_TBSS:
6609       sname = ".tbss";
6610       break;
6611     default:
6612       gcc_unreachable ();
6613     }
6614 
6615   return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6616 }
6617 
6618 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6619    categorization performed above.  */
6620 
6621 void
6622 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6623 {
6624   /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups.  */
6625   bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6626   const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6627   char *string;
6628   tree id;
6629 
6630   switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6631     {
6632     case SECCAT_TEXT:
6633       prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6634       break;
6635     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6636     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6637     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6638     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6639       prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6640       break;
6641     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6642       prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6643       break;
6644     case SECCAT_DATA:
6645       prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6646       break;
6647     case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6648       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6649       break;
6650     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6651       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6652       break;
6653     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6654       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6655       break;
6656     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6657       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6658       break;
6659     case SECCAT_SDATA:
6660       prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6661       break;
6662     case SECCAT_BSS:
6663       prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6664       break;
6665     case SECCAT_SBSS:
6666       prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6667       break;
6668     case SECCAT_TDATA:
6669       prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6670       break;
6671     case SECCAT_TBSS:
6672       prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6673       break;
6674     default:
6675       gcc_unreachable ();
6676     }
6677 
6678   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6679   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6680   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6681   name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6682 
6683   /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6684      prefix to the section name.  */
6685   linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6686 
6687   string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6688 
6689   set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6690 }
6691 
6692 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes.  */
6693 
6694 static int
6695 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6696 {
6697   switch (GET_CODE (x))
6698     {
6699     case SYMBOL_REF:
6700       return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6701     case LABEL_REF:
6702       return 1;
6703     default:
6704       return 0;
6705     }
6706 }
6707 
6708 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX.  The return value
6709    is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6710    indicates a local relocation.  */
6711 
6712 static int
6713 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6714 {
6715   switch (GET_CODE (x))
6716     {
6717     case SYMBOL_REF:
6718     case LABEL_REF:
6719       return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6720 
6721     case CONST:
6722       {
6723 	int reloc = 0;
6724 	subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6725 	FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6726 	  reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6727 	return reloc;
6728       }
6729 
6730     default:
6731       return 0;
6732     }
6733 }
6734 
6735 section *
6736 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6737 			    rtx x,
6738 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6739 {
6740   if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6741     return data_section;
6742   else
6743     return readonly_data_section;
6744 }
6745 
6746 section *
6747 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6748 				unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6749 {
6750   int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6751 
6752   /* ??? Handle small data here somehow.  */
6753 
6754   if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6755     {
6756       if (reloc == 1)
6757 	return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6758       else
6759 	return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6760     }
6761 
6762   return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6763 }
6764 
6765 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP.  */
6766 
6767 void
6768 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6769 {
6770   rtx symbol;
6771   int flags;
6772 
6773   /* Careful not to prod global register variables.  */
6774   if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6775     return;
6776   symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6777   if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6778     return;
6779 
6780   flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6781   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6782     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6783   if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6784     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6785   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6786     flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6787   else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6788     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6789   /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names?  Without
6790      being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6791      Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well.  */
6792   if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6793     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6794 
6795   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
6796 }
6797 
6798 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
6799    do anything but discard the '*' marker.  */
6800 
6801 const char *
6802 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
6803 {
6804   return str + (*str == '*');
6805 }
6806 
6807 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
6808 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR.  Define the
6809    anchor relative to ".", the current section position.  */
6810 
6811 void
6812 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
6813 {
6814   char buffer[100];
6815 
6816   sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
6817 	   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
6818   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
6819 }
6820 #endif
6821 
6822 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P.  */
6823 
6824 bool
6825 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
6826 {
6827   section *sect;
6828   tree decl;
6829 
6830   /* Don't use anchors for mergeable sections.  The linker might move
6831      the objects around.  */
6832   sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
6833   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6834     return false;
6835 
6836   /* Don't use anchors for small data sections.  The small data register
6837      acts as an anchor for such sections.  */
6838   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6839     return false;
6840 
6841   decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
6842   if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
6843     {
6844       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
6845 	 usurped by other modules.  */
6846       if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
6847 	return false;
6848 
6849       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
6850 	 small data section.  */
6851       /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
6852 	 one above.  The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
6853 	 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive.  */
6854       if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6855 	return false;
6856 
6857       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
6858 	 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
6859 	 to the entire declaration.  */
6860       if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
6861 	  || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
6862 	  || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
6863 	      >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
6864 	return false;
6865 
6866     }
6867   return true;
6868 }
6869 
6870 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
6871    definition provided by current .o file.  */
6872 
6873 static bool
6874 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
6875 {
6876   return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
6877 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
6878 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
6879 }
6880 
6881 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
6882    within current executable or DSO.  */
6883 
6884 static bool
6885 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
6886 {
6887   return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
6888 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
6889 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
6890 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
6891 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
6892 	  || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
6893 	  || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
6894 }
6895 
6896 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
6897    uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
6898    (through COPY relocation) in the executable.  */
6899 
6900 bool
6901 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
6902 			 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
6903 {
6904   /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool.  */
6905   if (!DECL_P (exp))
6906     return true;
6907 
6908   /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
6909      static and therefore local.  Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
6910      might resolve to a non-local function.
6911      FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
6912      weakref alias.  */
6913   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
6914       || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
6915 	  && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))))
6916     return false;
6917 
6918   /* Static variables are always local.  */
6919   if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
6920     return true;
6921 
6922   /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
6923      We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
6924      because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
6925      in shared libraries.  */
6926   bool resolved_locally = false;
6927 
6928   bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
6929 			  && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
6930 			      || (!in_lto_p
6931 				  && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
6932 
6933   /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
6934      uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true.  */
6935   bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
6936 			  && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
6937   if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
6938     {
6939       if (node->in_other_partition)
6940 	defined_locally = true;
6941       if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
6942 	;
6943       else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
6944 	defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
6945       else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
6946 	resolved_locally = true;
6947     }
6948   if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
6949     resolved_locally = true;
6950 
6951   /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally.  */
6952   if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
6953     return false;
6954 
6955   /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
6956      or if we have a definition for the symbol.  We cannot infer visibility
6957      for undefined symbols.  */
6958   if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
6959       && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
6960 	  || !extern_protected_data
6961 	  || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
6962       && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
6963     return true;
6964 
6965   /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
6966      symbols resolved from other modules.  */
6967   if (shlib)
6968     return false;
6969 
6970   /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local.  */
6971   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
6972     return false;
6973 
6974   /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally.  */
6975   if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
6976     return false;
6977 
6978   /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
6979      resolved from other modules.  */
6980   if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
6981     return false;
6982 
6983   /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
6984      which is of necessity defined locally.  */
6985   return true;
6986 }
6987 
6988 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
6989    wrt cross-module name binding.  */
6990 
6991 bool
6992 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
6993 {
6994   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
6995 }
6996 
6997 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
6998    extern protected data is non-local.  */
6999 
7000 bool
7001 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7002 {
7003   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7004 				  !flag_pic);
7005 }
7006 
7007 bool
7008 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7009 {
7010   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7011 }
7012 
7013 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7014    final executable.
7015 
7016    The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7017    current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7018    We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7019    the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7020    decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p.  In particular
7021    the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7022    definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7023    we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin.  */
7024 bool
7025 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7026 {
7027   gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7028   if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7029     return false;
7030   if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7031     return true;
7032 
7033   /* When resolution is available, just use it.  */
7034   if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7035     {
7036       if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7037 	  && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7038 	return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7039     }
7040 
7041   /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7042      binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7043      with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7044      DECL_EXTERNAL.
7045      This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7046      for all other declaration types.  */
7047   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7048     return false;
7049   if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7050       && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7051 	  || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7052     return false;
7053   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7054     return false;
7055   return true;
7056 }
7057 
7058 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7059    at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7060    replacement has the same type.  For example, functions declared
7061    with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7062 
7063    COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7064    function must be equivalent.  It is important that COMDAT functions
7065    not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7066    instantiations is not penalized.  */
7067 
7068 bool
7069 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7070 {
7071   gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7072   if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7073     return false;
7074   if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7075       && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7076     return false;
7077   return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7078 }
7079 
7080 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label.  A
7081    target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7082    globalize a label.  */
7083 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7084 void
7085 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7086 {
7087   fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7088   assemble_name (stream, name);
7089   putc ('\n', stream);
7090 }
7091 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7092 
7093 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration.  */
7094 void
7095 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7096 {
7097   const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7098   targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7099 }
7100 
7101 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information.  The
7102    default is to do nothing.  A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7103    unwind information must provide its own function to do this.  */
7104 void
7105 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7106 			   tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7107 			   int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7108 			   int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7109 {
7110 }
7111 
7112 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7113    The default is to do nothing.  A target that needs/wants to divide
7114    up the table must provide it's own function to do this.  */
7115 void
7116 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7117 {
7118 }
7119 
7120 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7121    the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class.  */
7122 
7123 void
7124 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7125 				 unsigned long labelno)
7126 {
7127   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7128 }
7129 
7130 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7131    the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class.  */
7132 
7133 void
7134 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7135 			unsigned long labelno)
7136 {
7137   char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7138   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7139   ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7140 }
7141 
7142 
7143 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME.  */
7144 
7145 void
7146 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7147 				   const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7148 				   HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7149 {
7150   assemble_label (file, name);
7151 }
7152 
7153 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file.  It's
7154    controlled by two other target-hook toggles.  */
7155 void
7156 default_file_start (void)
7157 {
7158   if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7159       && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7160     fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7161 
7162   if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7163     {
7164       /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename.  */
7165       if (in_lto_p)
7166 	output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7167       else
7168 	output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7169     }
7170 }
7171 
7172 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7173    which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7174    not this object file needs an executable stack.  This is primarily
7175    a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets.  */
7176 
7177 int trampolines_created;
7178 
7179 void
7180 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7181 {
7182   unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7183   if (trampolines_created)
7184     flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7185 
7186   switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7187 }
7188 
7189 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7190    was compiled with -fsplit-stack.  This is used to let the linker
7191    detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7192    that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7193    large stack.  We emit another special section if there are any
7194    functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7195    prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7196    functions if they call non-split-stack code.  */
7197 
7198 void
7199 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7200 {
7201   if (flag_split_stack)
7202     {
7203       switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7204 				      NULL));
7205       if (saw_no_split_stack)
7206 	switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7207 					SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7208     }
7209 }
7210 
7211 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline.  This is used as
7212    a get_unnamed_section callback.  */
7213 
7214 void
7215 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7216 {
7217   fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7218 }
7219 
7220 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION.  Do nothing if
7221    the current section is NEW_SECTION.  */
7222 
7223 void
7224 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7225 {
7226   if (in_section == new_section)
7227     return;
7228 
7229   if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7230     in_section = NULL;
7231   else
7232     in_section = new_section;
7233 
7234   switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7235     {
7236     case SECTION_NAMED:
7237       targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7238 				     new_section->named.common.flags,
7239 				     new_section->named.decl);
7240       break;
7241 
7242     case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7243       new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7244       break;
7245 
7246     case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7247       gcc_unreachable ();
7248       break;
7249     }
7250 
7251   new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7252 }
7253 
7254 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7255    it at the end of its block.  */
7256 
7257 void
7258 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7259 {
7260   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7261   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7262   unsigned int alignment;
7263   struct object_block *block;
7264   tree decl;
7265 
7266   gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7267   if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7268     return;
7269 
7270   /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment.  */
7271   if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7272     {
7273       desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7274       alignment = desc->align;
7275       size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7276     }
7277   else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7278     {
7279       decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7280       gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7281       alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7282       size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7283       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7284 	  && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7285 	  && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7286 	{
7287 	  size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7288 	  alignment = MAX (alignment,
7289 			   ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7290 	}
7291     }
7292   else
7293     {
7294       struct symtab_node *snode;
7295       decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7296 
7297       snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7298       if (snode->alias)
7299 	{
7300 	  rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7301 
7302 	  gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7303 		      && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7304 		      && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7305 	  target = XEXP (target, 0);
7306 	  place_block_symbol (target);
7307 	  SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7308 	  return;
7309 	}
7310       alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7311       size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7312       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7313 	  && asan_protect_global (decl))
7314 	{
7315 	  size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7316 	  alignment = MAX (alignment,
7317 			   ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7318 	}
7319     }
7320 
7321   /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block.  */
7322   block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7323   mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7324   offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7325   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7326 
7327   /* Record the block's new alignment and size.  */
7328   block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7329   block->size = offset + size;
7330 
7331   vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7332 }
7333 
7334 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7335    from the first object in BLOCK.  MODEL is the TLS model used
7336    to access it.  */
7337 
7338 rtx
7339 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7340 		    enum tls_model model)
7341 {
7342   char label[100];
7343   unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7344   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7345   rtx anchor;
7346 
7347   /* Work out the anchor's offset.  Use an offset of 0 for the first
7348      anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7349      of a variable at the beginning of the block.  This is particularly
7350      useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7351 
7352      We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7353      anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7354      a ptr_mode offset.  With some target settings, the lowest such
7355      anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7356      likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset.  Use anchors
7357      at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7358 
7359      All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7360      signed overflow.  */
7361   max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7362   min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7363   range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7364   if (range == 0)
7365     offset = 0;
7366   else
7367     {
7368       bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7369       if (offset < 0)
7370 	{
7371 	  delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7372 	  delta -= delta % range;
7373 	  if (delta > bias)
7374 	    delta = bias;
7375 	  offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7376 	}
7377       else
7378 	{
7379 	  delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7380 	  delta -= delta % range;
7381 	  if (delta > bias - 1)
7382 	    delta = bias - 1;
7383 	  offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7384 	}
7385     }
7386 
7387   /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7388      Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not.  */
7389   begin = 0;
7390   end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7391   while (begin != end)
7392     {
7393       middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7394       anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7395       if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7396 	end = middle;
7397       else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7398 	begin = middle + 1;
7399       else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7400 	end = middle;
7401       else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7402 	begin = middle + 1;
7403       else
7404 	return anchor;
7405     }
7406 
7407   /* Create a new anchor with a unique label.  */
7408   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7409   anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7410   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7411   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7412 
7413   /* Insert it at index BEGIN.  */
7414   vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7415   return anchor;
7416 }
7417 
7418 /* Output the objects in BLOCK.  */
7419 
7420 static void
7421 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7422 {
7423   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7424   unsigned int i;
7425   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7426   tree decl;
7427   rtx symbol;
7428 
7429   if (!block->objects)
7430     return;
7431 
7432   /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7433      suitably aligned.  */
7434   /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable.  */
7435   if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7436       && block->sect->named.name
7437       && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7438     handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7439   else
7440     switch_to_section (block->sect);
7441 
7442   assemble_align (block->alignment);
7443 
7444   /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7445      position.  */
7446   FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7447     targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7448 
7449   /* Output the objects themselves.  */
7450   offset = 0;
7451   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7452     {
7453       /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary.  */
7454       assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7455       offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7456       if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7457 	{
7458 	  desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7459 	  /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7460 	     So aligning shouldn't be necessary.  */
7461 	  output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7462 	  offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7463 	}
7464       else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7465 	{
7466 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7467 	  decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7468 	  assemble_constant_contents
7469 	       (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0), DECL_ALIGN (decl));
7470 
7471 	  size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7472 	  offset += size;
7473 	  if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7474 	      && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7475 	      && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7476 	    {
7477 	      size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7478 	      assemble_zeros (size);
7479 	      offset += size;
7480 	    }
7481 	}
7482       else
7483 	{
7484 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7485 	  decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7486 	  assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false);
7487 	  size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7488 	  offset += size;
7489 	  if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7490 	      && asan_protect_global (decl))
7491 	    {
7492 	      size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7493 	      assemble_zeros (size);
7494 	      offset += size;
7495 	    }
7496 	}
7497     }
7498 }
7499 
7500 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks.  */
7501 
7502 static int
7503 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7504 {
7505   object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7506   object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7507 
7508   if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7509       && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7510     return 1;
7511 
7512   if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7513       && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7514     return -1;
7515 
7516   if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7517       && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7518     return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7519 
7520   unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7521   unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7522   if (f1 == f2)
7523     return 0;
7524   return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7525 }
7526 
7527 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks.  */
7528 
7529 void
7530 output_object_blocks (void)
7531 {
7532   vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7533   v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7534   object_block *obj;
7535   hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7536 
7537   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7538     v.quick_push (obj);
7539 
7540   /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7541      otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7542      and without -g.  */
7543   v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7544   unsigned i;
7545   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7546     output_object_block (obj);
7547 
7548   v.release ();
7549 }
7550 
7551 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7552    TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets.  When triggered
7553    by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7554    assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7555    contains the switches in ASCII format.
7556 
7557    FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7558    that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7559    FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7560    characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators.  Since
7561    we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7562    ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP.  */
7563 
7564 int
7565 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7566 {
7567   switch (type)
7568     {
7569     case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7570       ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7571       ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7572       break;
7573 
7574     case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7575       if (name == NULL)
7576 	{
7577 	  /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL.  */
7578 	  static bool started = false;
7579 
7580 	  if (!started)
7581 	    {
7582 	      section * sec;
7583 
7584 	      sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7585 				 SECTION_DEBUG
7586 				 | SECTION_MERGE
7587 				 | SECTION_STRINGS
7588 				 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7589 				 NULL);
7590 	      switch_to_section (sec);
7591 	      started = true;
7592 	    }
7593 	}
7594 
7595     default:
7596       break;
7597     }
7598 
7599   /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7600      For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7601      emitted into the assembler file.  */
7602   return 0;
7603 }
7604 
7605 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7606    properly support non-default visibility.  */
7607 void
7608 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7609 				 tree decl,
7610 				 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7611 {
7612   /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7613      set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7614      used.  Always output visibility specified in the source.  */
7615   if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7616       && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7617 	  || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7618     maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7619 }
7620 
7621 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME.  */
7622 
7623 void
7624 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7625 {
7626 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7627   ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7628 #else
7629   fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7630   output_quoted_string (file, name);
7631   putc ('\n', file);
7632 #endif
7633 }
7634 
7635 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V.  */
7636 
7637 void
7638 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7639 {
7640   int len;
7641   const char *na;
7642 
7643   if (input_name == NULL)
7644     input_name = "<stdin>";
7645   else
7646     input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7647 
7648   len = strlen (input_name);
7649   na = input_name + len;
7650 
7651   /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names.  */
7652   while (na > input_name)
7653     {
7654       if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7655 	break;
7656       na--;
7657     }
7658 
7659   targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7660 }
7661 
7662 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7663    EXP.  */
7664 rtx
7665 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7666 {
7667   tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7668   machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7669   rtx dval;
7670 
7671   DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7672   if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7673     type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7674   else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7675     type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7676   else
7677     type = NULL_TREE;
7678   if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7679     TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7680   else
7681     TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7682   SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7683   dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7684   DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7685   SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7686   return dval;
7687 }
7688 
7689 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7690 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets.  */
7691 
7692 void
7693 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7694 {
7695   int escape;
7696   unsigned char c;
7697 
7698   fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7699   putc ('"', f);
7700   while (*s != '\0')
7701     {
7702       c = *s;
7703       escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7704       switch (escape)
7705 	{
7706 	case 0:
7707 	  putc (c, f);
7708 	  break;
7709 	case 1:
7710 	  putc ('\\', f);
7711 	  putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7712 	  putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7713 	  putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7714 	  break;
7715 	default:
7716 	  putc ('\\', f);
7717 	  putc (escape, f);
7718 	  break;
7719 	}
7720       s++;
7721     }
7722   putc ('\"', f);
7723   putc ('\n', f);
7724 }
7725 
7726 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets.  */
7727 
7728 void
7729 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7730 {
7731   const char *limit = s + len;
7732   const char *last_null = NULL;
7733   unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7734   unsigned char c;
7735   int escape;
7736 
7737   for (; s < limit; s++)
7738     {
7739       const char *p;
7740 
7741       if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7742 	{
7743 	  putc ('\"', f);
7744 	  putc ('\n', f);
7745 	  bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7746 	}
7747 
7748       if (s > last_null)
7749 	{
7750 	  for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7751 	    continue;
7752 	  last_null = p;
7753 	}
7754       else
7755 	p = last_null;
7756 
7757       if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7758 	{
7759 	  if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7760 	    {
7761 	      putc ('\"', f);
7762 	      putc ('\n', f);
7763 	      bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7764 	    }
7765 
7766 	  default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7767 	  s = p;
7768 	}
7769       else
7770 	{
7771 	  if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7772 	    fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7773 
7774 	  c = *s;
7775 	  escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7776 	  switch (escape)
7777 	    {
7778 	    case 0:
7779 	      putc (c, f);
7780 	      bytes_in_chunk++;
7781 	      break;
7782 	    case 1:
7783 	      putc ('\\', f);
7784 	      putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7785 	      putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7786 	      putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7787 	      bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7788 	      break;
7789 	    default:
7790 	      putc ('\\', f);
7791 	      putc (escape, f);
7792 	      bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7793 	      break;
7794 	    }
7795 
7796 	}
7797     }
7798 
7799   if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7800     {
7801       putc ('\"', f);
7802       putc ('\n', f);
7803     }
7804 }
7805 #endif
7806 
7807 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
7808 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
7809 
7810 static section *
7811 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
7812 					 bool constructor_p)
7813 {
7814   section *sec;
7815   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
7816     {
7817       char buf[18];
7818       sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
7819 	       constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
7820 	       priority);
7821       sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7822     }
7823   else
7824     {
7825       if (constructor_p)
7826 	{
7827 	  if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
7828 	    elf_init_array_section
7829 	      = get_section (".init_array",
7830 			     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7831 	  sec = elf_init_array_section;
7832 	}
7833       else
7834 	{
7835 	  if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
7836 	    elf_fini_array_section
7837 	      = get_section (".fini_array",
7838 			     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
7839 	  sec = elf_fini_array_section;
7840 	}
7841     }
7842   return sec;
7843 }
7844 
7845 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
7846 
7847 void
7848 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
7849 {
7850   section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
7851 							  true);
7852   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
7853 }
7854 
7855 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
7856 
7857 void
7858 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
7859 {
7860   section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
7861 							  false);
7862   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
7863 }
7864 
7865 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
7866 
7867    This is a bit of a cheat.  The real default is a no-op, but this
7868    hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive.  */
7869 
7870 void
7871 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
7872 {
7873   const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
7874 
7875   /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
7876      to asm_out_file.  Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
7877      This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
7878      writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident.  */
7879   if (symtab->state == PARSING)
7880     {
7881       char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
7882       symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
7883     }
7884   else
7885     fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
7886 }
7887 
7888 
7889 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
7890    in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
7891    comdat name.  Without this the variables end up in the same section
7892    with a single comdat name.
7893 
7894    FIXME:  resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
7895    decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY.  Once
7896    that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
7897    a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)".  */
7898 
7899 static void
7900 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7901 {
7902 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
7903   targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
7904 				 sect->named.common.flags
7905 				 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
7906 				 DECL_NAME (decl));
7907   in_section = sect;
7908 #else
7909   /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
7910      Therefore the following check is used.
7911      In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
7912      is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
7913      everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
7914 
7915      A fix could be made in
7916      gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section.  */
7917   if (TARGET_PECOFF)
7918     {
7919       char *name;
7920 
7921       if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7922 	name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
7923 			 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
7924       else
7925 	name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
7926 			 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
7927 			 NULL));
7928 
7929       targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
7930 				     sect->named.common.flags
7931 				     | SECTION_LINKONCE,
7932 				     DECL_NAME (decl));
7933       in_section = sect;
7934     }
7935   else
7936     switch_to_section (sect);
7937 #endif
7938 }
7939 
7940 #include "gt-varasm.h"
7941